1 //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10 // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
15 #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16 #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
18 #include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/Module.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
32 #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
33 #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
48 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
49 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
50 #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
58 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
59 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
61 class InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
68 class ASTMutationListener;
77 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
78 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
79 class CXXConstructorDecl;
80 class CXXConversionDecl;
82 class CXXDestructorDecl;
83 class CXXFieldCollector;
84 class CXXMemberCallExpr;
90 class ClassTemplateDecl;
91 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
92 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
93 class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
94 class CodeCompleteConsumer;
95 class CodeCompletionAllocator;
96 class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
97 class CodeCompletionResult;
102 class DeclaratorDecl;
103 class DeducedTemplateArgument;
104 class DependentDiagnostic;
105 class DesignatedInitExpr;
108 class EnumConstantDecl;
111 class ExternalSemaSource;
115 class FunctionProtoType;
116 class FunctionTemplateDecl;
117 class ImplicitConversionSequence;
119 class InitializationKind;
120 class InitializationSequence;
121 class InitializedEntity;
122 class IntegerLiteral;
126 class LocalInstantiationScope;
129 typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath;
131 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
133 class ObjCCategoryDecl;
134 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
135 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
136 class ObjCContainerDecl;
138 class ObjCImplementationDecl;
139 class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
141 template <class T> class ObjCList;
142 class ObjCMessageExpr;
143 class ObjCMethodDecl;
144 class ObjCPropertyDecl;
145 class ObjCProtocolDecl;
146 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
148 struct OverloadCandidate;
149 class OverloadCandidateSet;
154 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
155 class PseudoObjectExpr;
157 class StandardConversionSequence;
161 class TemplateArgument;
162 class TemplateArgumentList;
163 class TemplateArgumentLoc;
165 class TemplateParameterList;
166 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
167 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
171 class TypedefNameDecl;
173 class TypoCorrectionConsumer;
175 class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
176 class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
177 class UnresolvedSetImpl;
178 class UnresolvedSetIterator;
180 class UsingShadowDecl;
183 class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl;
184 class VisibilityAttr;
185 class VisibleDeclConsumer;
186 class IndirectFieldDecl;
187 struct DeductionFailureInfo;
188 class TemplateSpecCandidateSet;
191 class AccessedEntity;
192 class BlockScopeInfo;
193 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
194 class CapturingScopeInfo;
195 class CompoundScopeInfo;
196 class DelayedDiagnostic;
197 class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
198 class FunctionScopeInfo;
199 class LambdaScopeInfo;
200 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
201 class TemplateDeductionInfo;
204 namespace threadSafety {
206 void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache);
209 // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
210 // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
211 typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
212 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
214 /// Describes whether we've seen any nullability information for the given
216 struct FileNullability {
217 /// The first pointer declarator (of any pointer kind) in the file that does
218 /// not have a corresponding nullability annotation.
219 SourceLocation PointerLoc;
221 /// Which kind of pointer declarator we saw.
224 /// Whether we saw any type nullability annotations in the given file.
225 bool SawTypeNullability = false;
228 /// A mapping from file IDs to a record of whether we've seen nullability
229 /// information in that file.
230 class FileNullabilityMap {
231 /// A mapping from file IDs to the nullability information for each file ID.
232 llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileNullability> Map;
234 /// A single-element cache based on the file ID.
237 FileNullability Nullability;
241 FileNullability &operator[](FileID file) {
242 // Check the single-element cache.
243 if (file == Cache.File)
244 return Cache.Nullability;
246 // It's not in the single-element cache; flush the cache if we have one.
247 if (!Cache.File.isInvalid()) {
248 Map[Cache.File] = Cache.Nullability;
251 // Pull this entry into the cache.
253 Cache.Nullability = Map[file];
254 return Cache.Nullability;
258 /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
260 Sema(const Sema &) = delete;
261 void operator=(const Sema &) = delete;
263 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
264 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
266 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
267 bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
269 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
271 bool isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D);
273 bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old,
274 const NamedDecl *New) {
275 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
276 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
277 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
278 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
279 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
280 // with internal linkage.
281 return isVisible(Old) || New->isExternallyVisible();
283 bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &Old, const NamedDecl *New);
286 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
287 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
288 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
290 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
291 FPOptions FPFeatures;
293 const LangOptions &LangOpts;
296 ASTConsumer &Consumer;
297 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
298 SourceManager &SourceMgr;
300 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
303 /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
304 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
306 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
307 DeclContext *CurContext;
309 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
310 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
311 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
313 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
314 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
315 DeclarationName VAListTagName;
317 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
318 /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
319 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
321 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
323 /// \brief Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI.
324 LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind
325 MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod;
327 enum PragmaVtorDispKind {
328 PVDK_Push, ///< #pragma vtordisp(push, mode)
329 PVDK_Set, ///< #pragma vtordisp(mode)
330 PVDK_Pop, ///< #pragma vtordisp(pop)
331 PVDK_Reset ///< #pragma vtordisp()
334 enum PragmaMsStackAction {
335 PSK_Reset, // #pragma ()
336 PSK_Set, // #pragma ("name")
337 PSK_Push, // #pragma (push[, id])
338 PSK_Push_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], "name")
339 PSK_Pop, // #pragma (pop[, id])
340 PSK_Pop_Set, // #pragma (pop[, id], "name")
343 /// \brief Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft
344 /// C++ ABI. Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean:
346 /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps
347 /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial
349 /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed
352 /// The stack always has at least one element in it.
353 SmallVector<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode, 2> VtorDispModeStack;
355 /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes. Can be empty.
356 SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally;
358 /// \brief Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs
359 SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc;
361 template<typename ValueType>
364 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel;
366 SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
367 Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
369 SourceLocation PragmaLocation)
370 : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value),
371 PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation) {}
373 void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
374 PragmaMsStackAction Action,
375 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
377 explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Value)
378 : CurrentValue(Value) {}
379 SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack;
380 ValueType CurrentValue;
381 SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
383 // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but
384 // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module).
385 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack;
386 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack;
387 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack;
388 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack;
390 /// A mapping that describes the nullability we've seen in each header file.
391 FileNullabilityMap NullabilityMap;
393 /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg.
394 StringLiteral *CurInitSeg;
395 SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc;
397 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
398 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
400 /// \brief This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off"
401 /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If
402 /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location.
403 SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
405 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
407 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
408 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
409 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
411 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
412 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
413 bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
415 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
416 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The
417 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
418 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
420 /// \brief Store a list of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs
421 /// that contain a reference to a variable (constant) that may or may not
422 /// be odr-used in this Expr, and we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue
423 /// and discarded value conversions have been applied to all subexpressions
424 /// of the enclosing full expression. This is cleared at the end of each
426 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
428 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
429 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
431 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first
432 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
433 /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
434 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
436 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
437 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
440 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
441 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
442 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
443 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
445 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
446 std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
448 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
450 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
451 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
453 /// \brief Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused.
454 llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4>
455 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates;
457 /// \brief Delete-expressions to be analyzed at the end of translation unit
459 /// This list contains class members, and locations of delete-expressions
460 /// that could not be proven as to whether they mismatch with new-expression
461 /// used in initializer of the field.
462 typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, bool> DeleteExprLoc;
463 typedef llvm::SmallVector<DeleteExprLoc, 4> DeleteLocs;
464 llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> DeleteExprs;
466 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
468 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
469 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
470 /// same list more than once.
471 std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
473 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
474 /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
475 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
477 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
478 NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
480 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
481 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
482 TentativeDefinitionsType;
484 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
485 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
487 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
488 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
489 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
491 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
492 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
493 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
495 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
496 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
497 DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
499 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
500 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
501 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
503 /// \brief All the overriding functions seen during a class definition
504 /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden
506 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2>
507 DelayedExceptionSpecChecks;
509 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
510 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
511 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
512 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
513 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
514 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
515 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
516 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
517 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
519 typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *, LateParsedTemplate *>
520 LateParsedTemplateMapT;
521 LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
523 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
524 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT);
525 typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P);
526 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
527 LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup;
530 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP,
531 LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup,
533 LateTemplateParser = LTP;
534 LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup;
538 class DelayedDiagnostics;
540 class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
541 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
542 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
544 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
545 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
547 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
548 /// during parsing and other processing.
549 class DelayedDiagnostics {
550 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
551 /// diagnostics should go.
552 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
555 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {}
557 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
558 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
560 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
561 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; }
563 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
564 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
568 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
569 /// collected in this pool.
570 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
571 DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
572 state.SavedPool = CurPool;
577 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
578 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part
579 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
580 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
581 CurPool = state.SavedPool;
584 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
586 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
587 DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
588 state.SavedPool = CurPool;
593 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
594 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
595 assert(CurPool == nullptr);
596 CurPool = state.SavedPool;
598 } DelayedDiagnostics;
600 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
604 DeclContext *SavedContext;
605 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
606 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
609 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true)
610 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
611 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
612 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
614 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
615 S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
617 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType();
621 if (!SavedContext) return;
622 S.CurContext = SavedContext;
623 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
624 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
625 SavedContext = nullptr;
633 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
635 class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
637 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
640 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
641 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
643 S.PushFunctionScope();
644 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
647 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
648 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
649 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
653 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
654 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
655 /// identifier, declared or undeclared
656 llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
658 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
659 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers
660 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
661 /// in the currently selected standard.
662 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
665 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
666 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
668 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
669 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
670 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
671 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
672 /// It would be best to refactor this.
673 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
675 IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
677 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
678 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
679 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
682 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
683 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
685 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
686 /// standard library.
687 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
689 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
690 /// \<initializer_list>.
691 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
693 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
694 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
696 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
697 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
699 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
700 std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
702 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
703 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
705 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSValue class.
706 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSValueDecl;
708 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
709 QualType NSNumberPointer;
711 /// \brief Pointer to NSValue type (NSValue *).
712 QualType NSValuePointer;
714 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
715 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
717 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
718 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
720 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
721 QualType NSStringPointer;
723 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
724 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
726 /// \brief The declaration of the valueWithBytes:objCType: method.
727 ObjCMethodDecl *ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod;
729 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
730 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
732 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
733 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
735 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
736 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
738 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
739 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
741 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
742 QualType QIDNSCopying;
744 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
745 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
747 /// \brief counter for internal MS Asm label names.
748 unsigned MSAsmLabelNameCounter;
750 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
751 /// have been declared.
752 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
754 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
755 /// references to fields. This is really a
756 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
758 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
759 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
760 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
761 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
762 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
763 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
764 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
768 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
769 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
770 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
773 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
774 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
775 /// cases in a switch statement).
778 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
779 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
780 /// expression at run time.
781 PotentiallyEvaluated,
783 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
784 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
785 /// in fact the current expression is used.
787 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
788 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
789 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
790 /// until the default argument is used.
791 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
794 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
795 /// expression evaluation contexts.
796 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
797 /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
798 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
800 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
801 bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
803 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
806 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
807 /// this expression evaluation context.
808 unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
810 /// \brief The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation
811 /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created).
814 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
816 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
817 /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
818 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
820 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
821 /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
822 /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
823 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
825 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
826 /// and block literals within this context.
828 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
829 /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals.
830 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering;
832 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
833 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
834 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
836 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
837 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
838 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
840 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
841 unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
842 bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
843 Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
845 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
846 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
848 ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { }
850 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently
851 /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling.
852 MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx);
854 bool isUnevaluated() const {
855 return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract;
859 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
860 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
862 /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
865 /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
867 /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl
868 /// associated with the context, if relevant.
869 MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
870 const DeclContext *DC,
871 Decl *&ManglingContextDecl);
874 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
877 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
878 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
879 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
888 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
891 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
892 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
895 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
896 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
898 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
899 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
902 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
904 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
906 /// \brief A cache of the flags available in enumerations with the flag_bits
908 mutable llvm::DenseMap<const EnumDecl*, llvm::APInt> FlagBitsCache;
910 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
912 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
913 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
914 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
915 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
917 TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
919 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
921 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
922 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
924 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>>
925 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
927 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
928 /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
930 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
931 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
932 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
933 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
934 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
936 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
937 // argument locations.
938 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
940 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
941 /// definition in this translation unit.
942 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
944 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
945 void getUndefinedButUsed(
946 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
948 /// Retrieves list of suspicious delete-expressions that will be checked at
949 /// the end of translation unit.
950 const llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> &
951 getMismatchingDeleteExpressions() const;
953 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
954 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
956 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
957 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
958 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
959 /// of selectors are "overloaded").
960 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
961 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
962 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
964 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
966 llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
968 /// Kinds of C++ special members.
969 enum CXXSpecialMember {
970 CXXDefaultConstructor,
979 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
981 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
982 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
983 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
984 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
986 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
988 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
989 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
990 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
992 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
993 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
994 /// should not be used elsewhere.
995 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
997 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
999 class FPContractStateRAII {
1001 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
1002 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
1003 ~FPContractStateRAII() {
1004 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
1008 bool OldFPContractState : 1;
1011 /// Records and restores the vtordisp state on entry/exit of C++ method body.
1012 class VtorDispStackRAII {
1014 VtorDispStackRAII(Sema &S, bool ShouldSaveAndRestore)
1015 : S(S), ShouldSaveAndRestore(ShouldSaveAndRestore), OldVtorDispStack() {
1016 if (ShouldSaveAndRestore)
1017 OldVtorDispStack = S.VtorDispModeStack;
1019 ~VtorDispStackRAII() {
1020 if (ShouldSaveAndRestore)
1021 S.VtorDispModeStack = OldVtorDispStack;
1025 bool ShouldSaveAndRestore;
1026 SmallVector<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode, 2> OldVtorDispStack;
1029 void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T);
1032 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
1033 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
1034 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr);
1037 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
1038 /// initialized but before it parses anything.
1041 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
1042 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
1043 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
1045 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
1046 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
1047 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
1048 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
1049 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
1050 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
1051 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
1053 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
1054 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
1056 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
1058 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
1060 void PrintStats() const;
1062 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
1063 /// template instantiation stacks.
1065 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
1066 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
1067 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
1068 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
1069 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
1071 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
1076 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
1077 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
1079 // This is a cunning lie. DiagnosticBuilder actually performs move
1080 // construction in its copy constructor (but due to varied uses, it's not
1081 // possible to conveniently express this as actual move construction). So
1082 // the default copy ctor here is fine, because the base class disables the
1083 // source anyway, so the user-defined ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder is a safe no-op
1084 // in that case anwyay.
1085 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder&) = default;
1087 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
1088 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
1089 if (!isActive()) return;
1091 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
1092 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
1093 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
1095 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
1096 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
1097 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
1098 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
1099 // eliminate that code.
1103 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
1104 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
1107 /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
1108 template<typename T>
1109 friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
1110 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
1111 const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
1117 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
1118 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
1119 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
1120 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
1123 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
1124 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
1126 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
1127 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
1129 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
1131 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
1133 getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1134 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1136 /// \brief Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken()
1137 SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0);
1139 /// \brief Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor.
1140 ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const;
1142 void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings();
1144 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
1146 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
1148 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
1150 void PushFunctionScope();
1151 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
1152 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope();
1154 /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth
1155 /// is during Parsing. Currently it is used to pass on the depth
1156 /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters.
1157 void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth);
1159 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
1161 CapturedRegionKind K);
1163 PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr,
1164 const Decl *D = nullptr,
1165 const BlockExpr *blkExpr = nullptr);
1167 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
1168 return FunctionScopes.back();
1171 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const {
1172 if (FunctionScopes.empty())
1175 for (int e = FunctionScopes.size()-1; e >= 0; --e) {
1176 if (isa<sema::BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[e]))
1178 return FunctionScopes[e];
1183 template <typename ExprT>
1184 void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) {
1185 if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
1186 getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead);
1189 void PushCompoundScope();
1190 void PopCompoundScope();
1192 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
1194 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
1196 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
1197 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
1199 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any.
1200 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
1202 /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any.
1203 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda();
1205 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
1206 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
1208 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
1209 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
1211 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
1213 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1214 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
1217 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
1218 const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1219 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
1220 const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1221 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
1222 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1223 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
1224 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1225 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1226 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1227 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1228 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1229 SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1231 bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1233 /// \brief Build a function type.
1235 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1236 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1237 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1238 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1239 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1241 /// \param T The return type of the function.
1243 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1244 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1245 /// function parameters.
1247 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1248 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1249 /// type that will have function type.
1251 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1254 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1255 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1257 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1258 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1259 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1260 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1261 MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1262 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1263 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1265 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1267 DeclarationName Entity);
1268 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1269 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1270 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1271 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1273 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1274 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1275 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1276 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1278 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1279 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1280 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1281 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1282 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty,
1283 TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr);
1284 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1285 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1286 const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1287 void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD,
1288 const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
1289 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, SourceRange Range);
1290 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1291 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1292 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1293 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1294 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1295 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1296 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1297 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1298 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
1299 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = nullptr,
1300 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = nullptr,
1301 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
1302 bool IsOperatorNew = false);
1303 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
1304 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1305 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1306 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
1307 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1308 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1309 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1311 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1313 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1314 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1315 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1317 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1318 struct TypeDiagnoser {
1321 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1322 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1325 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1326 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1327 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1328 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1329 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1330 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1331 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1334 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1335 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1336 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1337 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1338 static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1339 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1341 template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser {
1343 std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args;
1345 template <std::size_t... Is>
1346 void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB,
1347 llvm::index_sequence<Is...>) const {
1348 // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order.
1349 bool Dummy[] = {false, (DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...};
1354 BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args)
1355 : TypeDiagnoser(), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) {
1356 assert(DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser");
1359 void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1360 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID);
1361 emit(DB, llvm::index_sequence_for<Ts...>());
1367 bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1368 TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser);
1370 VisibleModuleSet VisibleModules;
1371 llvm::SmallVector<VisibleModuleSet, 16> VisibleModulesStack;
1373 Module *CachedFakeTopLevelModule;
1376 /// \brief Get the module owning an entity.
1377 Module *getOwningModule(Decl *Entity);
1379 /// \brief Make a merged definition of an existing hidden definition \p ND
1380 /// visible at the specified location.
1381 void makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc);
1383 bool isModuleVisible(Module *M) { return VisibleModules.isVisible(M); }
1385 /// Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1386 bool isVisible(const NamedDecl *D) {
1387 return !D->isHidden() || isVisibleSlow(D);
1389 bool hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def);
1391 /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration
1392 /// that should be made visible to expose the definition.
1393 bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested,
1394 bool OnlyNeedComplete = false);
1395 bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) {
1397 return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden);
1400 /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a visible default argument.
1402 hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
1403 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
1405 /// Determine if \p A and \p B are equivalent internal linkage declarations
1406 /// from different modules, and thus an ambiguity error can be downgraded to
1407 /// an extension warning.
1408 bool isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A,
1409 const NamedDecl *B);
1410 void diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(
1411 SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D,
1412 ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv);
1414 bool isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1415 return !RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, nullptr);
1417 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1418 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1419 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1422 template <typename... Ts>
1423 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
1424 const Ts &...Args) {
1425 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1426 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1429 void completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E);
1430 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1431 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1433 template <typename... Ts>
1434 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) {
1435 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1436 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1439 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1440 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1441 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1443 template <typename... Ts>
1444 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
1445 const Ts &...Args) {
1446 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1447 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1450 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1451 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1453 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1454 /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated
1455 /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto).
1456 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc,
1457 bool AsUnevaluated = true);
1458 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1459 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1460 SourceLocation Loc);
1462 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1463 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1466 struct SkipBodyInfo {
1467 SkipBodyInfo() : ShouldSkip(false), Previous(nullptr) {}
1469 NamedDecl *Previous;
1472 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1473 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1474 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1475 /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1476 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1478 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr);
1480 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1482 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1484 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1485 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
1486 bool isClassName = false,
1487 bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1488 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
1489 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1490 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1491 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr);
1492 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1493 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1494 void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1495 SourceLocation IILoc,
1498 ParsedType &SuggestedType,
1499 bool AllowClassTemplates = false);
1501 /// \brief For compatibility with MSVC, we delay parsing of some default
1502 /// template type arguments until instantiation time. Emits a warning and
1503 /// returns a synthesized DependentNameType that isn't really dependent on any
1504 /// other template arguments.
1505 ParsedType ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
1506 SourceLocation NameLoc);
1508 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1509 /// by \c ClassifyName().
1510 enum NameClassificationKind {
1516 NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1522 class NameClassification {
1523 NameClassificationKind Kind;
1525 TemplateName Template;
1527 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1529 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1532 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1534 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1536 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1537 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1539 static NameClassification Error() {
1540 return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1543 static NameClassification Unknown() {
1544 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1547 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1548 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1551 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1552 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1553 Result.Template = Name;
1557 static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1558 NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate);
1559 Result.Template = Name;
1563 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1564 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1565 Result.Template = Name;
1569 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1571 ParsedType getType() const {
1572 assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1576 ExprResult getExpression() const {
1577 assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1581 TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1582 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||
1583 Kind == NC_VarTemplate);
1587 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1589 case NC_TypeTemplate:
1590 return TNK_Type_template;
1591 case NC_FunctionTemplate:
1592 return TNK_Function_template;
1593 case NC_VarTemplate:
1594 return TNK_Var_template;
1596 llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.");
1601 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1602 /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1604 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1605 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1606 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1608 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1610 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1612 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1613 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1615 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1617 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1618 /// disambiguate the name.
1620 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1621 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1624 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1626 ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1627 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
1628 bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1629 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr);
1631 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1633 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1634 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1635 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
1636 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1637 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1638 DeclarationName Name,
1639 SourceLocation Loc);
1641 diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals,
1642 SourceLocation FallbackLoc,
1643 SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1644 SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1645 SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1646 SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation());
1648 static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC);
1649 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1650 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1651 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1652 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1653 void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope);
1654 void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
1655 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD);
1656 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1657 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1658 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1659 LookupResult &Previous);
1660 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1661 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1662 NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
1663 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1664 LookupResult &Previous,
1665 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1667 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1668 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1669 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1670 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1671 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1673 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1674 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1675 LookupResult &Previous,
1676 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1678 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1680 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1681 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1683 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1684 void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1685 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1686 void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1687 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1688 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1689 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1690 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1691 bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1692 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1693 void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD);
1694 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1695 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1698 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1699 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1700 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1702 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1703 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1705 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1706 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1707 SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1708 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1709 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1710 SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1712 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1713 bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1714 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1715 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1716 void ActOnPureSpecifier(Decl *D, SourceLocation PureSpecLoc);
1717 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1718 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
1719 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
1720 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
1721 SourceLocation AttrEnd);
1722 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1723 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1724 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1725 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1726 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1727 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
1728 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1730 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1731 /// documentation comments.
1732 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1733 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1735 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1736 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1737 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(
1738 FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition = nullptr,
1739 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1740 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1741 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1742 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1743 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D,
1744 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1745 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1746 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1747 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1750 /// \brief Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or
1751 /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting
1752 /// code for that function.
1754 /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the
1755 /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to
1756 /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11
1757 /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs.
1758 bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D);
1760 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1761 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1762 /// code for that function.
1764 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1765 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1766 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1767 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1769 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1770 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1771 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1772 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1773 void ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D);
1775 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1776 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1777 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1779 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1780 /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1781 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1782 ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1784 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1785 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1786 /// specified threshold.
1787 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1788 ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1792 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1793 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1794 SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1795 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1797 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
1798 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
1799 AttributeList *AttrList,
1800 SourceLocation SemiLoc);
1802 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1804 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1806 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1808 /// \param Path The module access path.
1809 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1812 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a
1813 /// #include or similar preprocessing directive.
1814 void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1816 /// \brief The parsed has entered a submodule.
1817 void ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1818 /// \brief The parser has left a submodule.
1819 void ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1821 /// \brief Check if module import may be found in the current context,
1822 /// emit error if not.
1823 void diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc);
1825 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
1826 /// source location, for error recovery, if possible.
1828 /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup
1829 /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user
1830 /// has forgotten to import.
1831 void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
1834 /// Kinds of missing import. Note, the values of these enumerators correspond
1835 /// to %select values in diagnostics.
1836 enum class MissingImportKind {
1842 /// \brief Diagnose that the specified declaration needs to be visible but
1843 /// isn't, and suggest a module import that would resolve the problem.
1844 void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
1845 bool NeedDefinition, bool Recover = true);
1846 void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
1847 SourceLocation DeclLoc, ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
1848 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover);
1850 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1851 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1852 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1855 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1856 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1857 const Preprocessor &PP);
1860 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1861 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1863 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1865 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1867 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
1868 bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false);
1870 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1873 const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
1875 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1876 RecordDecl *Record);
1878 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1879 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1880 SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1881 const IdentifierInfo *Name);
1884 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;'
1885 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;'
1886 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1887 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;'
1890 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1891 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1892 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1893 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1894 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1895 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1896 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1897 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1898 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
1899 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1901 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1902 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1904 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1905 AttributeList *Attr,
1906 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1908 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1911 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1912 IdentifierInfo *Name,
1913 SourceLocation TagLoc,
1914 SourceLocation NameLoc);
1916 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1917 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1918 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1919 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1920 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1922 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1923 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1924 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1925 AccessSpecifier AS);
1926 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
1927 SourceLocation DeclStart,
1928 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1929 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1931 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
1933 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1934 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1935 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1936 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1937 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1938 SourceLocation TSSL,
1939 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1940 Declarator *D = nullptr);
1942 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1943 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
1944 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
1945 bool Diagnose = false);
1946 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1947 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1948 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1949 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1950 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1951 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1953 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1954 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1955 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1956 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1957 AttributeList *AttrList);
1959 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1960 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1961 /// struct, or union).
1962 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1964 typedef void *SkippedDefinitionContext;
1966 /// \brief Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping.
1967 SkippedDefinitionContext ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD);
1969 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1971 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1972 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1973 /// member declarations.
1974 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1975 SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1976 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
1977 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1979 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1980 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1981 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1982 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1984 void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context);
1986 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1988 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1989 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1991 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1992 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1993 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1995 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1996 /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1997 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1999 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
2000 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
2001 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2004 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
2005 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
2006 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
2007 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit,
2008 const EnumDecl *Prev);
2010 /// Determine whether the body of an anonymous enumeration should be skipped.
2011 /// \param II The name of the first enumerator.
2012 SkipBodyInfo shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
2013 SourceLocation IILoc);
2015 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
2016 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2017 AttributeList *Attrs,
2018 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
2019 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
2020 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
2021 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
2022 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
2024 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
2026 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
2027 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2028 void PopDeclContext();
2030 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
2031 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
2032 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2033 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
2035 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
2036 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
2037 void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
2039 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
2041 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
2042 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently
2043 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2044 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
2046 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
2047 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently
2048 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2049 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
2051 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
2052 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently
2053 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2054 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
2056 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
2057 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
2059 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
2060 /// top level scope.
2062 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
2064 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
2065 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
2067 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
2068 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
2069 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
2071 /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the
2072 /// enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained
2073 /// directly within it.
2074 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr,
2075 bool AllowInlineNamespace = false);
2077 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
2078 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL.
2079 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2081 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
2082 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
2083 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
2084 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
2086 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
2087 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
2088 enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
2089 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
2091 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
2094 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
2095 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
2097 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an implementation of
2098 /// a protocol requirement.
2099 AMK_ProtocolImplementation,
2102 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
2103 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
2104 IdentifierInfo *Platform,
2105 VersionTuple Introduced,
2106 VersionTuple Deprecated,
2107 VersionTuple Obsoleted,
2110 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK,
2111 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2112 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2113 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
2114 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2115 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2116 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
2117 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2118 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2119 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2120 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2121 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2123 mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
2124 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex,
2125 MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
2126 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2127 IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx,
2128 int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2129 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
2130 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2131 AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2132 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2133 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2134 MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2135 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2136 OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2137 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2138 InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2139 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2140 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2141 CommonAttr *mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2142 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2144 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2145 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
2146 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
2147 LookupResult &OldDecls);
2148 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S,
2149 bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2150 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2151 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2152 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
2153 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous);
2154 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2155 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
2156 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
2158 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
2159 // to represent what is actually causing the operation
2160 enum AssignmentAction {
2168 AA_Passing_CFAudited
2171 /// C++ Overloading.
2173 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
2174 /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
2177 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
2178 /// an existing declaration.
2181 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
2185 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
2187 const LookupResult &OldDecls,
2188 NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
2189 bool IsForUsingDecl);
2190 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
2192 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
2193 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
2195 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
2196 /// an available function, false otherwise.
2197 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
2199 ImplicitConversionSequence
2200 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2201 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2203 bool InOverloadResolution,
2205 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
2207 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2208 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2209 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2210 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2211 bool InOverloadResolution,
2212 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2213 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2214 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2215 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2216 QualType &ConvertedType);
2217 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2218 QualType& ConvertedType);
2219 bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
2220 const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
2221 unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr);
2222 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
2223 QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2225 void maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E);
2226 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
2227 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2229 CXXCastPath& BasePath,
2230 bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
2231 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2232 bool InOverloadResolution,
2233 QualType &ConvertedType);
2234 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2236 CXXCastPath &BasePath,
2237 bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
2238 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2239 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
2240 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2241 QualType &ResultTy);
2242 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
2243 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
2245 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2246 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
2247 QualType ResultType,
2249 bool AllowNRVO = true);
2251 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2253 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2254 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
2256 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
2257 bool AllowExplicit = false);
2258 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
2259 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2260 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2261 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
2263 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
2264 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
2266 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
2268 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label.
2269 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
2270 CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
2271 CCEK_NewExpr ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator.
2273 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2274 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2275 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2276 APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2278 /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
2279 /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
2280 class ContextualImplicitConverter {
2283 bool SuppressConversion;
2285 ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
2286 bool SuppressConversion = false)
2287 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
2289 /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
2290 /// for this conversion.
2291 virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
2293 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2294 /// integral or enumeration type.
2295 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2296 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2298 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
2299 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2300 diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2302 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
2304 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
2305 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2307 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
2308 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2309 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2311 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
2313 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2314 diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2316 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
2317 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2318 noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2320 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
2321 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
2322 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
2323 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2325 virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
2328 class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2329 bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
2332 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
2333 bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
2334 : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
2335 AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
2337 /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
2338 bool match(QualType T) override;
2340 SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2341 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
2342 return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
2345 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2346 /// integral or enumeration type.
2347 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2348 diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2351 /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
2352 ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
2353 SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
2356 enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
2361 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
2363 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
2364 // this is used for diagnostics logic.
2365 enum ObjCLiteralKind {
2374 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2376 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2377 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2378 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2381 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2382 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2383 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2384 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2386 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2387 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2388 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2389 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2390 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2391 bool PartialOverloading = false,
2392 bool AllowExplicit = false);
2393 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2394 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2395 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2396 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
2397 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2398 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2399 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2400 QualType ObjectType,
2401 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2402 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2403 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2404 bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2405 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2406 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2407 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2408 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2409 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2410 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2411 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2412 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2413 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2414 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2415 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2416 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2417 QualType ObjectType,
2418 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2419 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2420 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2421 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2422 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2423 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2424 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2425 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2426 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2427 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2428 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2429 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2430 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2431 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2432 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2433 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2434 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2435 bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
2436 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2437 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2438 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2439 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2440 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2441 bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
2442 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2443 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2444 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2445 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2446 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2447 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2448 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2449 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2450 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2451 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2452 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
2453 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2454 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2455 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2456 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2457 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2458 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2459 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2460 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2462 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2463 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2464 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2465 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2467 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2468 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType(),
2469 bool TakingAddress = false);
2471 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates identified by
2472 // the expression Expr
2473 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *E, QualType DestType = QualType(),
2474 bool TakingAddress = false);
2476 /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first
2477 /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful.
2478 EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2479 bool MissingImplicitThis = false);
2481 /// Returns whether the given function's address can be taken or not,
2482 /// optionally emitting a diagnostic if the address can't be taken.
2484 /// Returns false if taking the address of the function is illegal.
2485 bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function,
2486 bool Complain = false,
2487 SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation());
2489 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return]
2490 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2492 // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2493 // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2494 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2495 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2498 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2499 QualType TargetType,
2501 DeclAccessPair &Found,
2502 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr);
2505 ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2506 bool Complain = false,
2507 DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr);
2509 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2510 ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2511 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2512 bool Complain = false,
2513 SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2514 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2515 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2518 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2519 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2521 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2522 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2525 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2526 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2527 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2528 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2530 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2531 // range-based for loop.
2532 enum ForRangeStatus {
2534 FRS_NoViableFunction,
2535 FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2538 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc,
2539 SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2540 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2541 LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2542 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2543 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2545 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2546 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2547 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2549 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2551 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
2553 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2554 MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2555 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2556 ExprResult *Result);
2558 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2559 UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
2560 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2563 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2564 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
2565 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2566 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2568 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2569 SourceLocation RLoc,
2570 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2573 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2574 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2576 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2578 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2580 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2582 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2583 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2584 bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr);
2586 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2587 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2588 /// that best represents the call.
2589 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2590 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2592 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2593 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param,
2594 ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd,
2595 bool CheckParameterNames);
2596 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2597 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2598 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2600 /// \name Name lookup
2602 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2603 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2604 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2605 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2606 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2607 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2609 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2610 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2611 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2612 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2613 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2614 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2615 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2617 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2618 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2619 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2620 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2621 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2622 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2623 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2624 /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2627 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2628 enum LookupNameKind {
2629 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2630 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2631 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2632 LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2633 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2634 /// structs, and unions.
2636 /// Label name lookup.
2638 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2639 /// class/struct/union members.
2641 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2642 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2643 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2645 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2646 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2647 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2648 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2649 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2650 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2651 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2652 LookupNamespaceName,
2653 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2654 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate
2655 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2656 LookupUsingDeclName,
2657 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2658 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2659 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2660 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2661 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2662 /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look
2663 /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11.
2664 LookupLocalFriendName,
2665 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2666 LookupObjCProtocolName,
2667 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2668 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2669 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2673 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2674 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2675 enum RedeclarationKind {
2676 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2677 /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2678 NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2679 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2680 /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2684 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2685 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2686 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2688 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2689 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2691 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2692 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2694 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2695 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2696 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2698 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2699 /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the
2700 /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments.
2704 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2705 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2712 typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator;
2713 typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)>
2714 TypoRecoveryCallback;
2717 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2719 struct TypoExprState {
2720 std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer;
2721 TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler;
2722 TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler;
2724 TypoExprState(TypoExprState&& other) LLVM_NOEXCEPT;
2725 TypoExprState& operator=(TypoExprState&& other) LLVM_NOEXCEPT;
2728 /// \brief The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state.
2729 llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos;
2731 /// \brief Creates a new TypoExpr AST node.
2732 TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
2733 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
2734 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC);
2736 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2738 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2739 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2740 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2742 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2744 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2746 /// \brief Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and
2747 /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction
2748 /// should be skipped entirely.
2749 std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer>
2750 makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2751 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
2753 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2754 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
2755 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
2756 bool ErrorRecovery);
2759 const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const;
2761 /// \brief Clears the state of the given TypoExpr.
2762 void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE);
2764 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return
2765 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2767 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2768 /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2769 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2771 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2772 RedeclarationKind Redecl
2773 = NotForRedeclaration);
2774 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2775 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2776 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2777 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2778 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2780 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2781 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2782 bool EnteringContext = false);
2783 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2784 RedeclarationKind Redecl
2785 = NotForRedeclaration);
2786 bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2788 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2789 QualType T1, QualType T2,
2790 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2791 void addOverloadedOperatorToUnresolvedSet(UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2792 DeclAccessPair Operator,
2793 QualType T1, QualType T2);
2795 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2796 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2798 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2799 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2800 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2802 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2803 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2804 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2806 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2807 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2808 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2810 bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id);
2811 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2812 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2815 bool AllowStringTemplate);
2816 bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2818 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
2819 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions);
2821 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2822 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2823 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2824 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2825 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2826 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2828 enum CorrectTypoKind {
2829 CTK_NonError, // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation.
2830 CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery.
2833 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2834 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2835 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2836 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2837 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
2838 DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
2839 bool EnteringContext = false,
2840 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr,
2841 bool RecordFailure = true);
2843 TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2844 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
2846 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2847 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
2848 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
2849 DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
2850 bool EnteringContext = false,
2851 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr);
2853 /// \brief Process any TypoExprs in the given Expr and its children,
2854 /// generating diagnostics as appropriate and returning a new Expr if there
2855 /// were typos that were all successfully corrected and ExprError if one or
2856 /// more typos could not be corrected.
2858 /// \param E The Expr to check for TypoExprs.
2860 /// \param InitDecl A VarDecl to avoid because the Expr being corrected is its
2863 /// \param Filter A function applied to a newly rebuilt Expr to determine if
2864 /// it is an acceptable/usable result from a single combination of typo
2865 /// corrections. As long as the filter returns ExprError, different
2866 /// combinations of corrections will be tried until all are exhausted.
2868 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
2869 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
2870 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; });
2873 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E,
2874 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
2875 return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E, nullptr, Filter);
2879 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
2880 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
2881 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) {
2882 return ER.isInvalid() ? ER : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), Filter);
2886 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER,
2887 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
2888 return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER, nullptr, Filter);
2891 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2892 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2893 bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2895 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2896 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2897 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
2898 bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2900 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2901 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2902 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2903 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2905 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2906 bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace);
2908 void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2911 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2912 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2913 bool TypoCorrection = false);
2914 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2915 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2916 SourceLocation Loc);
2917 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2919 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2921 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
2923 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2924 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2925 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD);
2926 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
2927 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
2928 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
2929 const AttributeList *AttrList);
2931 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
2933 /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar
2934 /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by
2935 /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference
2937 bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false);
2939 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
2940 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
2941 const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
2942 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
2943 bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr,
2944 unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str,
2945 SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr);
2946 bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
2947 void checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
2948 bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(
2949 CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
2950 MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
2952 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
2954 /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it
2955 /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from
2956 /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments.
2957 void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic, bool IsCtorOrDtor,
2958 SourceLocation Loc);
2960 // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens.
2961 // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not
2962 // one that came from a typedef.
2963 bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType &T);
2965 /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention.
2966 /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs.
2967 const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const;
2969 /// Check whether a nullability type specifier can be added to the given
2972 /// \param type The type to which the nullability specifier will be
2973 /// added. On success, this type will be updated appropriately.
2975 /// \param nullability The nullability specifier to add.
2977 /// \param nullabilityLoc The location of the nullability specifier.
2979 /// \param isContextSensitive Whether this nullability specifier was
2980 /// written as a context-sensitive keyword (in an Objective-C
2981 /// method) or an Objective-C property attribute, rather than as an
2982 /// underscored type specifier.
2984 /// \returns true if nullability cannot be applied, false otherwise.
2985 bool checkNullabilityTypeSpecifier(QualType &type, NullabilityKind nullability,
2986 SourceLocation nullabilityLoc,
2987 bool isContextSensitive);
2989 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2990 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
2993 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2994 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2995 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2997 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2998 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
2999 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3001 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
3002 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
3003 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3004 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
3005 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3007 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
3008 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
3010 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
3011 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
3012 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
3013 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
3014 SourceLocation Loc);
3016 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
3017 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
3018 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3019 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
3020 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
3022 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
3023 /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
3024 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3025 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
3026 bool SynthesizeProperties);
3028 /// Diagnose any null-resettable synthesized setters.
3029 void diagnoseNullResettableSynthesizedSetters(const ObjCImplDecl *impDecl);
3031 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
3032 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
3033 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3034 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
3035 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
3037 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
3038 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
3039 /// declared in class 'IFace'.
3040 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
3041 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
3043 /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which
3044 /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor.
3045 void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S,
3046 const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD);
3048 /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and
3049 /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL.
3050 /// It also returns ivar's property on success.
3051 ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3052 const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const;
3054 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
3055 /// class extensions.
3056 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
3057 SourceLocation AtLoc,
3058 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3059 FieldDeclarator &FD,
3062 const bool isReadWrite,
3063 unsigned &Attributes,
3064 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
3066 TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
3067 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
3069 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
3070 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
3071 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
3072 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
3073 SourceLocation AtLoc,
3074 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3075 FieldDeclarator &FD,
3078 const bool isReadWrite,
3079 const unsigned Attributes,
3080 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
3082 TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
3083 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
3084 DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
3086 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
3087 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
3088 /// setter or getter.
3089 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3090 ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl);
3092 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
3094 void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides(
3095 const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD,
3096 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD);
3098 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
3100 enum MethodMatchStrategy {
3105 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
3106 /// true, or false, accordingly.
3107 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3108 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
3109 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
3111 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
3112 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
3113 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
3114 const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
3115 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
3116 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
3117 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3118 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
3119 bool &IncompleteImpl,
3120 bool ImmediateClass,
3121 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
3123 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
3124 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
3125 /// warns each time an exact match is found.
3126 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
3128 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
3129 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
3132 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
3133 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
3134 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
3136 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
3137 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
3138 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3139 bool receiverIdOrClass,
3143 /// \brief - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for
3144 /// given selector. If no such method or only one method found, function returns
3145 /// false; otherwise, it returns true
3146 bool CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel,
3147 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods,
3150 bool AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod,
3152 bool receiverIdOrClass);
3154 void DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods,
3155 Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3156 bool receiverIdOrClass);
3159 /// \brief - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or
3160 /// nullptr if none could be found
3161 ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args,
3165 /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction.
3166 TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc,
3167 bool RecordFailure = true) {
3169 TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc);
3170 return TypoCorrection();
3174 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
3175 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
3176 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
3177 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
3178 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
3179 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
3182 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
3183 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
3184 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
3187 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
3189 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
3191 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
3192 /// there are multiple signatures.
3193 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3194 bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
3195 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
3199 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
3200 /// there are multiple signatures.
3201 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3202 bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
3203 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
3207 const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
3208 QualType ObjectType=QualType());
3209 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
3211 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
3213 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
3215 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
3216 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
3218 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3219 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
3223 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { }
3225 ExprResult release() {
3229 Expr *get() const { return E; }
3231 Expr *operator->() {
3236 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
3237 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
3240 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
3245 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3246 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
3248 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
3249 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).get());
3251 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3253 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
3254 /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
3255 return FullExprArg(FE.get());
3258 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
3259 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
3261 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
3262 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
3264 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
3265 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3266 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
3267 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr);
3269 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
3270 class CompoundScopeRAII {
3272 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
3273 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
3276 ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
3277 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3284 /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit.
3285 struct FunctionScopeRAII {
3288 FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {}
3289 ~FunctionScopeRAII() {
3291 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
3293 void disable() { Active = false; }
3296 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
3297 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3298 SourceLocation EndLoc);
3299 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
3300 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
3301 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
3302 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
3303 SourceLocation ColonLoc);
3304 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
3306 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3307 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3308 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
3309 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
3310 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
3312 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
3313 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
3316 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
3317 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
3319 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
3320 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3323 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3324 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
3325 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
3327 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
3328 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
3329 SourceLocation WhileLoc,
3330 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
3331 SourceLocation CondRParen);
3333 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3334 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3335 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
3338 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3340 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
3342 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
3343 Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
3344 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3345 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
3347 enum BuildForRangeKind {
3348 /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
3350 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
3351 /// attempt any typo-correction.
3353 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
3354 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
3358 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation ForLoc,
3359 SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
3361 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
3362 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3363 BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3364 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3365 SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
3366 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3367 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
3368 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
3370 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3371 BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3372 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
3374 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3375 SourceLocation LabelLoc,
3376 LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3377 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3378 SourceLocation StarLoc,
3380 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3381 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3383 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3384 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
3385 typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType;
3386 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3387 CapturedRegionKind Kind,
3388 ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params);
3389 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
3390 void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
3391 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
3393 unsigned NumParams);
3394 VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
3395 bool AllowFunctionParameters);
3396 bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD,
3397 bool AllowFunctionParameters);
3399 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp,
3401 StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3402 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3404 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
3405 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
3406 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
3407 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3408 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
3409 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3411 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3412 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3414 llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
3415 bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
3416 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
3417 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
3418 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmVarDeclField(Expr *RefExpr, StringRef Member,
3419 llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
3420 SourceLocation AsmLoc);
3421 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3422 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
3423 StringRef AsmString,
3424 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
3425 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
3426 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
3427 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
3428 SourceLocation EndLoc);
3429 LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName,
3430 SourceLocation Location,
3433 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
3434 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3435 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
3436 bool Invalid = false);
3438 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3440 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
3441 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
3443 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3445 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
3446 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
3448 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
3449 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
3451 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
3453 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
3457 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3459 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3460 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3461 SourceLocation IdLoc,
3462 IdentifierInfo *Id);
3464 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3466 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
3467 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
3468 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3469 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers);
3471 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
3472 SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3474 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
3477 void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock();
3478 void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock();
3479 StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block);
3480 StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope);
3482 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
3484 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
3486 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
3488 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
3490 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
3491 /// whose result is unused, warn.
3492 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
3493 void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D);
3494 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
3496 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
3497 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
3499 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
3502 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3506 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
3507 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
3508 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
3509 const Stmt *PossibleBody);
3511 /// Warn if a value is moved to itself.
3512 void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
3513 SourceLocation OpLoc);
3515 /// \brief Warn if we're implicitly casting from a _Nullable pointer type to a
3517 void diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
3518 SourceLocation Loc);
3520 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
3521 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
3523 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
3525 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
3526 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
3527 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
3529 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
3530 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
3533 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
3535 enum AvailabilityDiagnostic { AD_Deprecation, AD_Unavailable, AD_Partial };
3537 void EmitAvailabilityWarning(AvailabilityDiagnostic AD,
3538 NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
3540 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
3541 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty,
3542 bool ObjCPropertyAccess);
3544 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
3545 UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason reason);
3547 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3548 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
3550 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
3551 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3552 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=nullptr,
3553 bool ObjCPropertyAccess=false);
3554 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
3555 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
3556 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
3557 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
3558 SourceLocation Loc);
3559 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3560 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
3562 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3563 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
3564 bool IsDecltype = false);
3565 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
3566 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3567 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
3568 bool IsDecltype = false);
3569 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
3571 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
3573 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
3574 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
3576 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
3578 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also
3579 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
3580 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants
3581 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
3582 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
3583 // named expressions.
3584 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse);
3585 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func,
3586 bool OdrUse = true);
3587 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
3588 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
3589 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
3591 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
3592 void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
3594 enum TryCaptureKind {
3595 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
3598 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3600 /// \param Var The variable to capture.
3602 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
3604 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
3605 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
3607 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
3608 /// an explicit lambda capture.
3610 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
3611 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
3612 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
3613 /// if the variable cannot be captured.
3615 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
3616 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
3617 /// variable can be captured.
3619 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
3620 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
3623 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
3624 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
3625 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
3626 /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
3627 /// a nested generic lambda.
3629 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
3630 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
3631 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
3632 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
3633 QualType &CaptureType,
3634 QualType &DeclRefType,
3635 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt);
3637 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3638 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
3639 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
3640 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
3642 /// \brief Checks if the variable must be captured.
3643 bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3645 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
3646 /// variable will have in the given scope.
3647 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3649 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
3650 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
3651 bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
3653 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
3654 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
3655 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
3656 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
3657 bool ForceComplain = false,
3658 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr);
3660 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
3661 bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
3662 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
3664 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
3665 /// evaluation context.
3667 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
3668 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
3669 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
3670 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
3671 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
3672 const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
3674 // Primary Expressions.
3675 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
3677 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(
3678 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3679 UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
3680 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr,
3681 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr);
3683 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
3684 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
3685 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3686 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
3689 DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
3690 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
3691 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
3692 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr);
3694 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
3696 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
3698 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3699 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3700 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3701 bool isAddressOfOperand,
3702 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3704 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3707 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
3709 BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
3710 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3711 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
3712 NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
3713 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
3715 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
3716 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3717 SourceLocation nameLoc,
3718 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
3719 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none),
3720 Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr,
3721 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
3723 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3724 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3726 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3728 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3729 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3731 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3732 bool IsDefiniteInstance,
3734 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3735 const LookupResult &R,
3736 bool HasTrailingLParen);
3739 BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3740 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3741 bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S,
3742 TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr);
3744 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3745 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3746 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3747 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3749 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3752 bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
3753 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
3754 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
3755 NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
3756 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr,
3757 bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
3759 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
3760 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
3761 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3762 SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
3763 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
3765 ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
3766 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT);
3767 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3768 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
3770 bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
3772 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3773 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok,
3774 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3775 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
3776 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3780 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
3781 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
3782 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks,
3783 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3785 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3786 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3787 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3788 Expr *ControllingExpr,
3789 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
3790 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
3791 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3792 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3793 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3794 Expr *ControllingExpr,
3795 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
3796 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
3798 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
3799 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
3801 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3802 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
3803 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3804 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
3806 QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc);
3808 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3809 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3810 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3812 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3813 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3815 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3816 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3817 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
3818 SourceRange ArgRange);
3820 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
3821 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
3823 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3824 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3825 SourceRange ExprRange,
3826 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3827 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
3828 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3829 IdentifierInfo &Name,
3830 SourceLocation NameLoc,
3831 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3832 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3833 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
3835 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3836 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3837 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3838 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3839 ExprResult ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc,
3840 Expr *LowerBound, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3841 Expr *Length, SourceLocation RBLoc);
3843 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
3844 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
3845 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
3846 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
3847 // defines a custom operator->).
3848 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
3854 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(
3855 Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3856 CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3857 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3858 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3860 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
3863 BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3864 bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3865 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3866 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R,
3867 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3869 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
3870 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
3872 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
3874 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3875 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3876 const LookupResult &R);
3878 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3879 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3880 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3881 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3882 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3883 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3884 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3886 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3887 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3888 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3890 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3891 UnqualifiedId &Member,
3894 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3895 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3896 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3897 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3898 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3899 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3900 bool ExecConfig = false);
3901 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3903 const Expr *ArgExpr);
3905 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3906 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3908 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3909 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3910 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr,
3911 bool IsExecConfig = false);
3912 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3913 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3914 ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
3915 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3916 Expr *Config = nullptr,
3917 bool IsExecConfig = false);
3919 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3920 MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
3921 SourceLocation GGGLoc);
3923 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3924 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
3925 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
3926 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3928 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3930 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
3932 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
3933 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3934 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
3935 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3937 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
3939 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3941 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3944 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3945 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3946 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3949 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3950 MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3951 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3953 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
3959 static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind);
3962 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3963 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3964 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3965 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3966 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3967 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3969 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
3970 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
3971 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3972 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3973 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3975 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3976 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
3977 LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3979 void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
3980 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
3981 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
3982 void ActOnStmtExprError();
3984 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
3985 struct OffsetOfComponent {
3986 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
3987 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident
3989 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
3994 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
3995 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3996 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3997 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
3998 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3999 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4000 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4001 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4002 ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
4003 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
4004 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4006 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
4007 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4008 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
4009 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
4011 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
4012 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
4013 SourceLocation RPLoc);
4014 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
4015 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
4018 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
4020 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
4022 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
4023 enum IfExistsResult {
4024 /// \brief The symbol exists.
4027 /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
4030 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
4031 /// from one instantiation to the next.
4034 /// \brief An error occurred.
4039 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4040 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
4043 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4044 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4045 UnqualifiedId &Name);
4047 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4049 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
4050 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
4052 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4054 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
4057 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
4059 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
4061 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
4063 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
4064 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
4065 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
4068 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4069 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4070 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
4072 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4073 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
4074 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
4077 //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===//
4079 /// __builtin_convertvector(...)
4080 ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
4081 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4082 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4084 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
4086 /// __builtin_astype(...)
4087 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
4088 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4089 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4091 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
4093 // Act on C++ namespaces
4094 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
4095 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
4096 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4097 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
4098 SourceLocation LBrace,
4099 AttributeList *AttrList,
4100 UsingDirectiveDecl * &UsingDecl);
4101 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
4103 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
4104 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
4106 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
4108 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
4109 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
4110 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
4112 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
4113 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
4115 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
4116 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
4118 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
4119 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
4120 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
4122 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
4123 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4124 SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
4126 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4127 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
4128 AttributeList *AttrList);
4130 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
4132 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
4133 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
4134 SourceLocation AliasLoc,
4135 IdentifierInfo *Alias,
4137 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4138 IdentifierInfo *Ident);
4140 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
4141 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
4142 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls,
4143 UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow);
4144 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
4146 UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl);
4148 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4149 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
4150 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4151 SourceLocation NameLoc,
4152 const LookupResult &Previous);
4153 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4154 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4155 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4156 SourceLocation NameLoc);
4158 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4159 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4161 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
4162 AttributeList *AttrList,
4163 bool IsInstantiation,
4164 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
4165 SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
4167 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
4169 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
4171 bool HasUsingKeyword,
4172 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4174 UnqualifiedId &Name,
4175 AttributeList *AttrList,
4176 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
4177 SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
4178 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
4180 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
4181 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4182 UnqualifiedId &Name,
4183 AttributeList *AttrList,
4185 Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec);
4187 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
4188 /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
4190 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
4192 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4193 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
4194 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
4195 bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
4196 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
4197 SourceRange ParenRange);
4199 // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
4200 // the constructor can be elidable?
4202 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4203 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
4204 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
4205 bool IsListInitialization,
4206 bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
4207 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
4209 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field);
4211 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
4212 /// the default expr if needed.
4213 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4215 ParmVarDecl *Param);
4217 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
4218 /// constructed variable.
4219 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
4221 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
4222 /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
4223 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
4224 // Pointer to allow copying
4226 // We order exception specifications thus:
4227 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
4228 // throw() comes next.
4229 // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
4230 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
4231 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
4232 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
4233 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
4234 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
4236 void ClearExceptions() {
4237 ExceptionsSeen.clear();
4242 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
4243 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
4244 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
4245 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
4248 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
4249 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
4250 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
4251 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
4255 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
4256 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
4258 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
4259 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
4261 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
4262 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4264 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
4265 void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
4267 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
4268 /// computed exception specification.
4269 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const {
4270 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI;
4271 ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType();
4272 if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
4273 ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions;
4274 } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) {
4275 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
4276 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
4277 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
4278 ESI.Type = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
4279 ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
4280 tok::kw_false).get();
4286 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4287 /// copy constructor of a class will have.
4288 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4289 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
4292 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4293 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
4295 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4296 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4298 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
4299 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
4300 /// parameter will be const.
4301 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4302 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4304 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4305 /// constructor of a class will have.
4306 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4307 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4309 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4310 /// assignment operator of a class will have.
4311 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4312 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4314 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4315 /// destructor of a class will have.
4316 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4317 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4319 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
4320 /// constructor of a class will have.
4321 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4322 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
4324 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
4325 /// special member function.
4326 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4328 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
4329 /// exception specification information with the results.
4330 void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel,
4331 ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4332 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4333 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4335 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
4336 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
4338 /// \brief Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly
4339 /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug.
4340 bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D);
4342 /// \brief Add an exception-specification to the given member function
4343 /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed
4344 /// after the method itself was declared.
4345 void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method,
4346 ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4347 SourceRange SpecificationRange,
4348 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4349 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4350 Expr *NoexceptExpr);
4352 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
4353 /// definition when it is defaulted.
4354 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
4355 bool Diagnose = false);
4357 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
4359 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4360 /// default constructor will be added.
4362 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
4363 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
4364 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4366 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4367 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
4368 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4369 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4371 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
4373 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4374 /// destructor will be added.
4376 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
4377 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4379 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
4380 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
4381 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4382 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4384 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
4386 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
4387 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
4388 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4389 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4391 /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class.
4393 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting
4394 /// constructors will be added.
4395 void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4397 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
4398 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
4399 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4401 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
4403 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4404 /// copy constructor will be added.
4406 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
4407 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4409 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4410 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
4411 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4412 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4414 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
4416 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4417 /// move constructor will be added.
4419 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
4421 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4423 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4424 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
4425 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4426 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4428 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
4430 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4431 /// copy assignment operator will be added.
4433 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4434 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4436 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4437 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4438 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4440 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
4442 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4443 /// move assignment operator will be added.
4445 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
4446 /// wasn't declared.
4447 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4449 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
4450 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4451 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4453 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
4455 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
4457 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
4458 /// special member function.
4459 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
4461 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
4462 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
4464 /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4465 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4467 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
4468 /// member function.
4469 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4471 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
4472 /// static member function.
4474 /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4475 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4477 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
4478 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
4479 /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
4480 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
4482 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4483 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
4485 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
4486 bool AllowExplicit = false,
4487 bool IsListInitialization = false);
4489 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4490 SourceLocation NameLoc,
4491 IdentifierInfo &Name);
4493 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4494 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4495 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4496 ParsedType ObjectType,
4497 bool EnteringContext);
4499 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
4501 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
4502 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
4503 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
4505 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
4506 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4507 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4508 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
4510 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
4511 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4513 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4515 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4516 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4519 SourceRange AngleBrackets,
4520 SourceRange Parens);
4522 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4523 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4524 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4525 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4526 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4527 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4529 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4531 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
4532 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4533 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4535 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4537 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4538 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4539 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4540 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4541 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4542 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4544 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4546 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
4547 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4548 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4550 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4552 /// \brief Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ).
4553 ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
4554 tok::TokenKind Operator,
4555 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
4556 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4557 ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
4558 BinaryOperatorKind Operator,
4559 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
4560 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4561 ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4562 BinaryOperatorKind Operator);
4564 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer.
4565 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
4567 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
4569 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
4570 QualType getCurrentThisType();
4572 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
4573 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
4574 /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
4575 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
4577 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
4578 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
4579 class CXXThisScopeRAII {
4581 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
4585 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
4586 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
4587 /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
4588 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
4589 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
4590 bool Enabled = true);
4592 ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
4595 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
4596 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
4598 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
4600 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
4603 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
4604 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
4605 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
4606 /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
4607 /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to
4608 /// a non-static member function or a static function).
4609 /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success.
4610 bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false,
4611 bool BuildAndDiagnose = true,
4612 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr);
4614 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
4615 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
4617 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
4619 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
4620 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4623 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
4624 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4626 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
4627 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
4629 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
4630 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
4631 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
4632 bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4633 bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E);
4635 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
4636 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
4637 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
4638 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
4639 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
4640 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4642 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4644 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
4645 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4647 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4649 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
4650 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
4651 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4652 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4653 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4654 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
4656 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
4657 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4658 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4659 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4660 SourceRange TypeIdParens,
4662 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
4664 SourceRange DirectInitRange,
4666 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
4668 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
4670 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4671 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
4672 MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
4673 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
4674 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
4675 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4676 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
4678 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
4679 bool Diagnose = true);
4680 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
4681 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
4683 QualType Param2 = QualType(),
4684 bool addRestrictAttr = false);
4686 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
4687 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
4688 bool Diagnose = true);
4689 FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4690 bool CanProvideSize,
4691 DeclarationName Name);
4693 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
4694 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4695 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
4698 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
4699 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
4700 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
4701 bool ConvertToBoolean);
4703 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
4704 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
4705 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4706 SourceLocation RParen);
4708 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
4709 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4710 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4711 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4712 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4713 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4714 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4716 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4717 /// pseudo-functions.
4718 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4719 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4722 SourceLocation RParen);
4724 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4725 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4726 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4728 SourceLocation RParen);
4730 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4731 /// pseudo-functions.
4732 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4733 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4735 SourceLocation RParen);
4737 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4738 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4740 SourceLocation RParen);
4742 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
4744 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4745 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4746 ParsedType &ObjectType,
4747 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
4749 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
4750 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4751 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4752 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4753 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
4754 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4755 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4756 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType);
4758 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4759 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4760 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4762 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4763 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4764 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4765 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName);
4767 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4768 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4769 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4770 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4771 const DeclSpec& DS);
4773 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
4774 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
4775 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
4776 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
4777 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
4778 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
4780 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
4781 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
4782 : SourceLocation());
4784 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
4785 bool DiscardedValue = false,
4786 bool IsConstexpr = false,
4787 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer = false);
4788 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
4790 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
4791 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
4793 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
4794 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4795 bool EnteringContext = false);
4796 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4797 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4799 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
4801 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4803 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4804 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4806 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4807 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4809 /// \brief The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier.
4811 /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword.
4813 /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'.
4815 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4816 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4818 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4819 bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc,
4820 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4822 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD,
4823 bool *CanCorrect = nullptr);
4824 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4826 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4827 SourceLocation IdLoc,
4829 ParsedType ObjectType);
4831 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4832 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4833 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4834 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4835 QualType ObjectType,
4836 bool EnteringContext,
4838 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
4839 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup,
4840 bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
4842 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
4844 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4846 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
4848 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
4850 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4852 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
4853 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
4855 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
4856 /// this nested-name-specifier.
4858 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4859 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4860 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4861 /// including this new type).
4863 /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve
4864 /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message.
4866 /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':'
4867 /// are allowed. The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true'
4868 /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'.
4870 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4871 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4872 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4873 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4874 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4875 ParsedType ObjectType,
4876 bool EnteringContext,
4878 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false,
4879 bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
4881 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
4883 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4885 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
4887 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4888 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4889 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4890 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4891 ParsedType ObjectType,
4892 bool EnteringContext);
4894 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
4895 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
4897 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4899 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4900 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4901 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4902 /// including this new type).
4904 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4905 /// \param TemplateName the template name.
4906 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4907 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<').
4908 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4909 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>').
4910 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4912 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
4913 /// nested-name-specifier.
4916 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4917 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4919 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4920 TemplateTy TemplateName,
4921 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4922 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4923 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4924 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4925 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4926 bool EnteringContext);
4928 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
4929 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
4930 /// nested-name-specifier.
4932 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
4934 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
4935 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
4936 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4938 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
4939 /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
4941 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
4942 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
4944 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
4946 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
4947 /// of the annotation pointer.
4948 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
4949 SourceRange AnnotationRange,
4952 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4954 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
4955 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
4956 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
4957 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
4958 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
4959 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
4960 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4962 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
4963 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
4964 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
4965 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
4967 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4969 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
4970 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4971 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
4972 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
4974 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4976 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
4977 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4978 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4980 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
4981 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4982 TypeSourceInfo *Info,
4983 bool KnownDependent,
4984 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault);
4986 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
4987 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4988 SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4989 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
4990 SourceLocation EndLoc,
4991 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
4993 /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties.
4994 void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
4995 CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
4996 SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4997 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
4998 SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc,
4999 bool ExplicitParams,
5000 bool ExplicitResultType,
5003 /// \brief Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform
5004 /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if
5005 /// not being used to initialize a reference.
5006 ParsedType actOnLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
5007 SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, IdentifierInfo *Id,
5008 LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind, Expr *&Init) {
5009 return ParsedType::make(buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
5010 Loc, ByRef, Id, InitKind != LambdaCaptureInitKind::CopyInit, Init));
5012 QualType buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef,
5014 bool DirectInit, Expr *&Init);
5016 /// \brief Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's
5017 /// call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture.
5019 /// CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy
5020 /// variables appropriately.
5021 VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
5022 QualType InitCaptureType,
5024 unsigned InitStyle, Expr *Init);
5026 /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture.
5027 FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var);
5029 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
5031 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
5033 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
5034 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
5036 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
5037 /// statements present in the body.
5038 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
5040 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
5041 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
5042 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
5044 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
5045 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
5047 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
5048 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
5049 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
5050 bool IsInstantiation = false);
5052 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
5053 /// was successfully completed.
5054 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
5057 /// \brief Complete a lambda-expression having processed and attached the
5059 ExprResult BuildLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
5060 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
5062 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
5063 /// function pointer.
5065 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
5066 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
5067 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
5068 /// block pointer conversion.
5069 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
5070 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
5072 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
5075 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
5076 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
5077 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
5078 /// block pointer conversion.
5079 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
5080 CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
5082 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
5083 SourceLocation ConvLocation,
5084 CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
5087 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
5088 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
5089 ArrayRef<Expr *> Strings);
5091 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
5093 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
5094 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
5095 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
5096 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
5097 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
5099 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
5101 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
5102 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
5103 /// either be "NSNumber *", "NSString *" or "NSValue *" depending on the type
5104 /// of ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type, "char *",
5105 /// "const char *" or C structure with attribute 'objc_boxable'.
5106 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
5108 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
5110 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
5111 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
5113 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
5114 MutableArrayRef<ObjCDictionaryElement> Elements);
5116 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
5117 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
5118 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5119 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
5120 CXXConversionDecl *Method,
5121 bool HadMultipleCandidates);
5123 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
5124 SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
5125 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5127 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5129 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
5130 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
5131 SourceLocation AtLoc,
5132 SourceLocation SelLoc,
5133 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5134 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5135 bool WarnMultipleSelectors);
5137 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
5138 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
5139 SourceLocation AtLoc,
5140 SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
5141 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5142 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
5143 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5145 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5148 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
5149 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5151 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
5152 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
5154 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
5157 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5160 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
5161 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
5162 bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
5164 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
5165 SourceLocation ASLoc,
5166 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5167 AttributeList *Attrs = nullptr);
5169 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
5171 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5172 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
5173 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
5175 void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer();
5176 void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl,
5177 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5180 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5183 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5184 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5186 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5187 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5188 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5189 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5190 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5192 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5195 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5196 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5198 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5200 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5202 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5205 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5206 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5208 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5210 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5212 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
5214 SourceLocation IdLoc);
5216 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
5217 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
5219 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
5220 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5222 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5224 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5226 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
5227 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
5229 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
5230 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
5232 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
5235 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
5236 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
5238 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
5239 CXXRecordDecl *Record);
5241 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
5242 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
5243 /// first use occurred.
5244 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
5246 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
5248 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
5250 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
5251 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
5252 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
5253 /// by code generation).
5254 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
5256 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
5257 void LoadExternalVTableUses();
5259 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
5261 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5262 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
5264 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
5265 /// in the given class as needed.
5266 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
5267 const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5269 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
5270 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
5271 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
5272 const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5274 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
5275 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
5278 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
5279 bool DefineUsedVTables();
5281 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5283 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
5284 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5285 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
5288 void checkClassLevelDLLAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
5289 void propagateDLLAttrToBaseClassTemplate(
5290 CXXRecordDecl *Class, Attr *ClassAttr,
5291 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *BaseTemplateSpec,
5292 SourceLocation BaseLoc);
5293 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
5294 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
5296 SourceLocation LBrac,
5297 SourceLocation RBrac,
5298 AttributeList *AttrList);
5299 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
5300 void ActOnFinishCXXNonNestedClass(Decl *D);
5302 void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param);
5303 unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
5304 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5305 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5306 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
5307 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5308 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5309 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
5310 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD,
5311 CachedTokens &Toks);
5312 void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD);
5313 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
5315 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5317 Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
5318 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5319 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5321 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
5322 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5325 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
5326 SourceLocation FriendLoc,
5327 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
5328 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
5329 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5330 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5331 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5333 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5335 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
5336 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5338 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
5339 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
5341 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
5343 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
5344 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
5345 const FunctionProtoType *T);
5346 void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs();
5348 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5349 // C++ Derived Classes
5352 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
5353 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5354 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5355 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5356 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5357 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5359 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
5360 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5361 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
5362 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5363 ParsedType basetype,
5364 SourceLocation BaseLoc,
5365 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5367 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5368 MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases);
5369 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl,
5370 MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases);
5372 bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base);
5373 bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5374 CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5376 // FIXME: I don't like this name.
5377 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
5379 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5380 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5381 CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
5382 bool IgnoreAccess = false);
5383 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5384 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
5385 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
5386 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5387 DeclarationName Name,
5388 CXXCastPath *BasePath);
5390 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5392 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5393 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5395 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
5396 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
5397 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5398 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5400 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
5401 /// spec is a subset of base spec.
5402 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5403 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5405 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
5407 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
5408 void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5410 /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was
5411 /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method.
5412 void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5414 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
5415 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
5416 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
5417 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5418 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5421 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5422 // C++ Access Control
5432 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
5433 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
5434 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
5436 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
5437 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5438 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
5439 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5440 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
5441 SourceRange PlacementRange,
5442 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5443 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5444 bool Diagnose = true);
5445 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5446 CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5447 const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5448 AccessSpecifier Access,
5449 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
5450 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5451 CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5452 const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5453 AccessSpecifier Access,
5454 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
5455 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5456 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
5457 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
5458 QualType objectType = QualType());
5459 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
5460 AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
5461 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5462 DeclAccessPair Found);
5463 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5466 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5467 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
5468 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5469 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
5470 QualType Base, QualType Derived,
5471 const CXXBasePath &Path,
5473 bool ForceCheck = false,
5474 bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
5475 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
5476 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
5477 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
5478 AccessSpecifier access,
5479 QualType objectType);
5481 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
5482 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5483 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
5484 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5486 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
5488 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
5489 /// failures rather than hard errors.
5490 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
5492 enum AbstractDiagSelID {
5496 AbstractVariableType,
5499 AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
5503 bool isAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
5504 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5505 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
5506 template <typename... Ts>
5507 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
5508 const Ts &...Args) {
5509 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
5510 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
5513 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5515 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5516 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
5519 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5521 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5523 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5524 // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
5526 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5527 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5528 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5529 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5531 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5532 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
5533 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5535 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
5537 bool hasTemplateKeyword,
5538 UnqualifiedId &Name,
5539 ParsedType ObjectType,
5540 bool EnteringContext,
5541 TemplateTy &Template,
5542 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5544 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
5545 SourceLocation IILoc,
5547 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
5548 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
5549 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
5551 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
5552 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
5554 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename,
5555 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5556 SourceLocation KeyLoc,
5557 IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5558 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5559 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
5560 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5561 ParsedType DefaultArg);
5563 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
5564 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5567 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5569 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
5570 SourceLocation TmpLoc,
5571 TemplateParameterList *Params,
5572 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5573 IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5574 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5577 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5578 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
5580 TemplateParameterList *
5581 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
5582 SourceLocation ExportLoc,
5583 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5584 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5585 ArrayRef<Decl *> Params,
5586 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5588 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
5589 enum TemplateParamListContext {
5592 TPC_FunctionTemplate,
5593 TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
5594 TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
5595 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
5596 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
5597 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
5600 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
5601 TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
5602 TemplateParamListContext TPC);
5603 TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5604 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
5605 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId,
5606 ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists,
5607 bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid);
5609 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5610 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5611 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
5612 AttributeList *Attr,
5613 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5615 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5616 SourceLocation FriendLoc,
5617 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
5618 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists,
5619 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
5621 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
5622 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
5624 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
5626 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
5627 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5628 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5631 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5632 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5633 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5634 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5635 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5636 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
5638 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
5639 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
5640 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
5641 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
5642 SourceLocation TagLoc,
5644 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5645 TemplateTy TemplateD,
5646 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5647 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5648 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
5649 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5651 DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5652 Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI,
5653 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5654 StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization);
5656 DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5657 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5658 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5659 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5661 ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5662 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5663 VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5664 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5665 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5667 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5668 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5671 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5673 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5674 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5675 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5676 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5678 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
5680 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5681 UnqualifiedId &Name,
5682 ParsedType ObjectType,
5683 bool EnteringContext,
5684 TemplateTy &Template);
5687 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5688 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5689 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5690 TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId,
5691 AttributeList *Attr,
5692 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5693 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
5695 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
5696 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5700 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
5701 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
5702 NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
5703 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
5704 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
5707 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5708 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5709 LookupResult &Previous);
5711 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5712 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5713 LookupResult &Previous);
5714 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
5717 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5718 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5719 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5721 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5722 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5723 TemplateTy Template,
5724 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5725 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5726 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5727 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5728 AttributeList *Attr);
5731 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5732 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5733 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5735 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5737 IdentifierInfo *Name,
5738 SourceLocation NameLoc,
5739 AttributeList *Attr);
5741 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5742 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5743 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5747 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
5748 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5749 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5751 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument>
5753 bool &HasDefaultArg);
5755 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
5756 /// argument is being checked.
5757 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
5758 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
5759 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
5762 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
5766 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
5767 /// via template argument deduction.
5768 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
5771 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
5772 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5773 NamedDecl *Template,
5774 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5775 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5776 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
5777 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5778 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5780 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
5781 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
5783 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
5786 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
5788 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
5789 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
5790 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
5793 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
5794 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
5795 /// set of template arguments.
5797 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
5800 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5801 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
5802 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5803 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
5804 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
5805 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5807 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5808 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5809 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5811 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5812 TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
5813 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5814 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
5815 TemplateArgument &Converted,
5816 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5817 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5818 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5819 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
5822 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5824 SourceLocation Loc);
5826 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5827 SourceLocation Loc);
5829 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
5831 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
5832 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
5833 /// that might be redeclarations.
5836 /// template<typename T> struct X;
5837 /// template<typename T> struct X;
5841 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
5842 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
5843 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
5846 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
5847 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
5849 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
5851 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
5852 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
5853 /// template parameter.
5856 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
5857 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
5858 /// X<integer_c> xic;
5860 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
5863 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
5864 TemplateParameterList *Old,
5866 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
5867 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
5868 = SourceLocation());
5870 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
5872 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5873 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
5875 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5876 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5877 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5878 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
5879 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
5881 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5882 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
5883 SourceLocation IdLoc);
5885 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5886 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
5887 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
5889 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5890 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5891 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5892 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5893 /// \param TemplateName The template name.
5894 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5895 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<').
5896 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5897 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>').
5899 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5900 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5901 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5902 TemplateTy TemplateName,
5903 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5904 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5905 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5906 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5908 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5909 SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5910 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
5911 const IdentifierInfo &II,
5912 SourceLocation IILoc);
5914 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5916 DeclarationName Name);
5917 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5919 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
5920 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
5921 TemplateParameterList *Params);
5924 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5925 const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
5928 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5929 const TemplateArgument *Args,
5932 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5933 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
5934 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5936 /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this
5937 /// location. Useful for error recovery.
5938 bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted();
5940 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
5941 /// being diagnosed.
5943 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
5944 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
5945 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
5946 /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
5947 UPPC_Expression = 0,
5949 /// \brief The base type of a class type.
5952 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
5953 UPPC_DeclarationType,
5955 /// \brief The type of a data member.
5956 UPPC_DataMemberType,
5958 /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
5961 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
5962 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
5964 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
5965 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
5967 /// \brief The enumerator value.
5968 UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
5970 /// \brief A using declaration.
5971 UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
5973 /// \brief A friend declaration.
5974 UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
5976 /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
5977 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
5979 /// \brief An initializer.
5982 /// \brief A default argument.
5983 UPPC_DefaultArgument,
5985 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
5986 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
5988 /// \brief The type of an exception.
5991 /// \brief Partial specialization.
5992 UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
5994 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
5997 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
6000 /// \brief Lambda expression.
6003 /// \brief Block expression,
6007 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
6009 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
6011 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
6012 /// parameter packs.
6014 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
6016 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6017 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
6018 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
6019 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
6021 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6022 /// diagnose the error.
6024 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
6026 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
6029 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6030 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
6031 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6033 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
6034 /// pack, diagnose the error.
6036 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
6037 /// parameter packs.
6039 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6040 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
6041 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
6043 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
6044 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
6046 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
6047 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6049 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6050 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6051 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6053 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6054 /// diagnose the error.
6056 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
6057 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
6059 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6060 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6061 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6063 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6064 /// diagnose the error.
6066 /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
6068 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
6069 /// parameter packs.
6071 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6072 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
6073 TemplateName Template,
6074 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6076 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
6077 /// pack, diagnose the error.
6079 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
6080 /// parameter packs.
6082 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6083 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
6084 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6086 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6087 /// template argument.
6089 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
6090 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6091 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
6092 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6094 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6095 /// template argument.
6097 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
6098 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6099 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
6100 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6102 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6105 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
6106 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6107 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
6108 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6110 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6113 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
6114 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6115 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
6116 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6118 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6119 /// nested-name-specifier.
6121 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
6122 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6123 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6124 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6126 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6129 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
6130 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6131 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6132 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6134 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
6135 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
6137 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
6138 /// may already be invalid.
6140 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6141 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
6142 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6144 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
6145 /// creates a pack expansion.
6147 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6148 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6150 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6151 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6153 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
6155 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
6156 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6157 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6159 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
6161 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
6162 SourceRange PatternRange,
6163 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6164 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6166 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
6167 /// creates a pack expansion.
6169 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6170 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6172 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6173 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6175 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
6176 /// creates a pack expansion.
6178 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6179 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6181 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6182 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6183 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6185 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
6186 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
6187 /// transforming the pattern.
6189 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
6192 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
6193 /// the pack expansion.
6195 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
6198 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
6199 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
6200 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
6202 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
6203 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
6204 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
6205 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
6207 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
6208 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
6209 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
6210 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
6211 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
6212 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
6213 /// set this value in other cases.
6215 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
6216 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
6217 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
6219 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6220 SourceRange PatternRange,
6221 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
6222 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6224 bool &RetainExpansion,
6225 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
6227 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
6230 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
6231 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
6233 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
6234 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
6235 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6237 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
6238 /// parameter packs.
6240 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
6241 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
6247 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
6248 /// a variadic function.
6250 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
6251 /// false otherwise.
6252 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
6254 /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
6256 /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
6258 /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
6260 /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
6261 /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
6262 TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(
6263 TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
6264 SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
6265 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const;
6267 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6268 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
6269 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6271 QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType);
6273 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
6275 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
6276 /// template argument deduction, as returned from
6277 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
6278 /// structure provides additional information about the results of
6279 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
6280 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
6281 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
6282 enum TemplateDeductionResult {
6283 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
6285 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
6287 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
6288 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
6289 TDK_InstantiationDepth,
6290 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
6291 /// for every template parameter.
6293 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
6294 /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
6296 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
6297 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
6298 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
6299 /// but were given a non-const "X".
6301 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
6302 /// resulted in an error.
6303 TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
6304 /// \brief After substituting deduced template arguments, a dependent
6305 /// parameter type did not match the corresponding argument.
6306 TDK_DeducedMismatch,
6307 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
6308 /// corresponding component of the argument.
6309 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
6310 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
6311 /// template, there were too many call arguments.
6312 TDK_TooManyArguments,
6313 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
6314 /// template, there were too few call arguments.
6315 TDK_TooFewArguments,
6316 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
6317 /// template arguments for the given template.
6318 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
6319 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
6320 /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
6321 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution,
6322 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
6323 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure
6326 TemplateDeductionResult
6327 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
6328 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6329 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6331 TemplateDeductionResult
6332 DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
6333 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6334 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6336 TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(
6337 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6338 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6339 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
6340 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType,
6341 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6343 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
6344 // deduction for a call.
6345 struct OriginalCallArg {
6346 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
6348 QualType OriginalArgType)
6349 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
6350 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
6352 QualType OriginalParamType;
6354 QualType OriginalArgType;
6357 TemplateDeductionResult
6358 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6359 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
6360 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
6361 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6362 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6363 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr,
6364 bool PartialOverloading = false);
6366 TemplateDeductionResult
6367 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6368 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6369 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
6370 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6371 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6372 bool PartialOverloading = false);
6374 TemplateDeductionResult
6375 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6376 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6377 QualType ArgFunctionType,
6378 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6379 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6380 bool InOverloadResolution = false);
6382 TemplateDeductionResult
6383 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6385 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
6386 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6388 TemplateDeductionResult
6389 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6390 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6391 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6392 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6393 bool InOverloadResolution = false);
6395 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto
6396 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
6397 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto
6398 TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
6399 QualType Replacement);
6401 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
6402 enum DeduceAutoResult {
6405 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
6408 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
6410 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer,
6412 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
6413 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
6414 bool Diagnose = true);
6416 QualType deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, DeclarationName Name,
6417 QualType Type, TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
6418 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
6421 TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const;
6423 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
6424 SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
6425 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
6427 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
6428 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
6430 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
6431 unsigned NumCallArguments1,
6432 unsigned NumCallArguments2);
6433 UnresolvedSetIterator
6434 getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
6435 TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates,
6437 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
6438 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
6439 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
6440 bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType());
6442 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
6443 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
6444 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
6445 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
6446 SourceLocation Loc);
6448 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
6449 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
6450 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc);
6452 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6455 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
6456 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
6457 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6458 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
6459 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
6461 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
6462 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6463 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
6465 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6466 // C++ Template Instantiation
6469 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList
6470 getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
6471 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr,
6472 bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
6473 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr);
6475 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
6476 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
6477 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
6478 enum InstantiationKind {
6479 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
6480 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
6481 TemplateInstantiation,
6483 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
6484 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
6485 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
6486 /// arguments as specified.
6487 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
6488 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
6490 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
6491 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
6492 /// provides the template arguments as specified.
6493 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
6495 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
6496 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
6497 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6499 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
6500 /// template argument deduction for either a class template
6501 /// partial specialization or a function template. The
6502 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
6503 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
6504 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6506 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
6507 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
6508 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
6509 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6511 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
6512 /// has been used when naming a template-id.
6513 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
6515 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
6516 /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
6517 ExceptionSpecInstantiation
6520 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
6521 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
6523 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
6524 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
6526 NamedDecl *Template;
6528 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
6531 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
6532 /// are not part of the entity.
6533 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
6535 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
6536 unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
6538 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
6539 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
6540 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
6542 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
6543 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
6544 /// template instantiation.
6545 SourceRange InstantiationRange;
6547 ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
6548 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(nullptr), Entity(nullptr),
6549 TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(nullptr) {}
6551 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
6552 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
6553 bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
6555 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6556 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6557 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
6560 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
6564 case TemplateInstantiation:
6565 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
6568 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6569 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
6570 return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6572 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
6573 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6574 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6575 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
6576 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6580 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
6583 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6584 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6589 /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
6591 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
6592 /// requires another template instantiation, additional
6593 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
6594 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
6595 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
6596 ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
6598 /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template
6599 /// instantiation. Computed lazily.
6600 SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules;
6602 /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup
6603 /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use
6604 /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set.
6605 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache;
6607 /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during
6608 /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a
6609 /// template defined within it.
6610 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules();
6612 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
6613 /// template instantiation.
6615 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
6616 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
6617 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6619 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
6620 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
6621 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
6622 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
6624 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
6625 /// error or warning was produced.
6627 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
6628 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
6629 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
6630 /// to implement it anywhere else.
6631 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
6633 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
6634 /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
6636 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
6637 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
6638 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
6639 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
6641 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
6642 /// within a \c Sema object.
6644 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
6645 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
6647 int OldSubstitutionIndex;
6650 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
6651 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
6652 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
6655 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
6656 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
6660 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
6662 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
6663 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
6666 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
6667 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
6668 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap;
6669 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics;
6671 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
6674 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
6675 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
6676 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
6677 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
6678 /// produces an error and evaluates true.
6680 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
6682 struct InstantiatingTemplate {
6683 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
6684 /// function template, variable template, alias template,
6685 /// or a member thereof.
6686 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6688 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6690 struct ExceptionSpecification {};
6691 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
6692 /// of a function template.
6693 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6694 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
6695 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6697 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6699 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6700 TemplateDecl *Template,
6701 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6702 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6704 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6706 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6707 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6708 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6709 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6710 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6711 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6713 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6714 /// argument deduction for a class template partial
6716 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6717 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6718 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6719 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6720 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6722 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6723 /// argument deduction for a variable template partial
6725 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6726 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6727 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6728 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6729 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6731 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument for a function
6733 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6735 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6736 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6738 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6739 /// non-type parameter.
6740 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6741 NamedDecl *Template,
6742 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6743 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6744 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6746 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6747 /// template template parameter.
6748 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6749 NamedDecl *Template,
6750 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6751 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6752 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6754 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
6755 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
6756 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6757 TemplateDecl *Template,
6759 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6760 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6763 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
6766 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
6768 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
6769 /// recursive template instantiations.
6770 bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
6775 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6776 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6777 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6779 InstantiatingTemplate(
6780 Sema &SemaRef, ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6781 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange,
6782 Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr,
6783 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = None,
6784 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr);
6786 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
6788 InstantiatingTemplate&
6789 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
6792 void PrintInstantiationStack();
6794 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
6795 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
6798 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
6799 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
6800 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
6801 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
6802 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
6804 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
6805 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
6806 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
6807 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
6808 "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
6809 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
6812 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
6813 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
6817 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
6818 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6819 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6822 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
6823 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
6824 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
6825 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
6826 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
6828 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
6829 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
6830 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
6834 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
6835 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
6836 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6837 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6840 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
6841 bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
6842 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
6846 /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional
6847 /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so
6848 /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within
6849 /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed.
6850 class TentativeAnalysisScope {
6852 // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack.
6854 bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
6856 explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef)
6857 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true),
6858 PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) {
6859 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
6861 ~TentativeAnalysisScope() {
6862 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
6866 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
6868 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
6870 /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is
6872 bool DisableTypoCorrection;
6874 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
6875 unsigned TyposCorrected;
6877 typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet;
6878 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations;
6880 /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and
6881 /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a
6882 /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it.
6883 IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures;
6885 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
6886 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
6887 threadSafety::BeforeSet *ThreadSafetyDeclCache;
6889 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
6891 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
6892 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
6893 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
6894 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
6895 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
6896 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
6897 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
6899 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6900 /// but have not yet been performed.
6901 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
6903 class SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII {
6905 SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII(Sema &S, bool Enabled)
6906 : S(S), Enabled(Enabled) {
6907 if (!Enabled) return;
6909 SavedPendingInstantiations.swap(S.PendingInstantiations);
6910 SavedVTableUses.swap(S.VTableUses);
6913 ~SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII() {
6914 if (!Enabled) return;
6916 // Restore the set of pending vtables.
6917 assert(S.VTableUses.empty() &&
6918 "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.");
6919 S.VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses);
6921 // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations.
6922 assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() &&
6923 "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.");
6924 S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations);
6929 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses;
6930 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations;
6934 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6935 /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
6937 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
6938 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
6939 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
6940 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
6941 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6943 class SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII {
6945 SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
6946 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
6947 S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
6950 ~SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII() {
6951 assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&
6952 "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations");
6953 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
6954 S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
6959 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation>
6960 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6963 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
6965 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6966 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6967 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6969 QualType SubstType(QualType T,
6970 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6971 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6973 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
6974 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6975 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6977 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6978 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6980 DeclarationName Entity,
6981 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
6982 unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
6983 void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6984 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args);
6985 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
6986 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6987 int indexAdjustment,
6988 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
6989 bool ExpectParameterPack);
6990 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
6991 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
6992 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6993 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
6994 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = nullptr);
6995 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
6996 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6998 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
6999 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
7001 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
7003 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
7004 /// default arguments will be dropped.
7006 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
7008 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
7010 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
7011 bool SubstExprs(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, bool IsCall,
7012 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7013 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
7015 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
7016 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7018 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
7019 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7021 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
7022 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7023 bool CXXDirectInit);
7026 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
7027 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
7028 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7031 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7032 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
7033 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7034 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
7035 bool Complain = true);
7037 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7038 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
7039 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7040 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7042 bool InstantiateInClassInitializer(
7043 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation,
7044 FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7046 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
7047 const Attr *TmplAttr;
7048 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
7051 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
7053 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
7056 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
7058 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7059 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
7060 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
7061 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr);
7064 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7065 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
7066 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
7067 bool Complain = true);
7069 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7070 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
7071 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7072 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7074 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
7075 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7076 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
7077 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7079 NestedNameSpecifierLoc
7080 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
7081 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7084 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
7085 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7087 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
7089 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7090 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
7091 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
7092 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7094 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7095 FunctionDecl *Function);
7096 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7097 FunctionDecl *Function,
7098 bool Recursive = false,
7099 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
7100 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation(
7101 VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar,
7102 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList,
7103 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo,
7104 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
7105 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos,
7106 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
7107 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr);
7108 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl(
7109 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl,
7110 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7112 BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar,
7113 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7114 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs,
7116 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope,
7117 bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false);
7118 void InstantiateVariableInitializer(
7119 VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar,
7120 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7121 void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7122 VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false,
7123 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
7124 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
7125 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7127 bool Recursive = false,
7128 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
7130 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
7131 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
7132 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7134 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
7135 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7136 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
7137 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7139 // Objective-C declarations.
7140 enum ObjCContainerKind {
7147 OCK_CategoryImplementation
7149 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
7151 DeclResult actOnObjCTypeParam(Scope *S,
7152 ObjCTypeParamVariance variance,
7153 SourceLocation varianceLoc,
7155 IdentifierInfo *paramName,
7156 SourceLocation paramLoc,
7157 SourceLocation colonLoc,
7158 ParsedType typeBound);
7160 ObjCTypeParamList *actOnObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
7161 ArrayRef<Decl *> typeParams,
7162 SourceLocation rAngleLoc);
7163 void popObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList);
7165 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(Scope *S,
7166 SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7167 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7168 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7169 ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList,
7170 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7171 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7172 ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs,
7173 SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange,
7174 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
7175 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7176 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7177 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
7178 AttributeList *AttrList);
7180 void ActOnSuperClassOfClassInterface(Scope *S,
7181 SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7182 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl,
7183 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7184 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7185 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7186 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7187 ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs,
7188 SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange);
7190 void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs,
7191 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7192 SourceLocation SuperLoc);
7194 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
7195 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
7196 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation,
7197 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
7199 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
7200 IdentifierInfo *PName,
7201 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
7202 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
7204 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
7205 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
7206 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
7207 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7208 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7209 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
7210 AttributeList *AttrList);
7212 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7213 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7214 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7215 ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList,
7216 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
7217 SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
7218 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
7219 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7220 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7221 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
7223 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
7224 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
7225 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7226 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
7227 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
7229 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
7230 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7231 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7232 IdentifierInfo *CatName,
7233 SourceLocation CatLoc);
7235 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
7236 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
7238 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
7239 IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
7240 SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
7241 ArrayRef<ObjCTypeParamList *> TypeParamLists,
7244 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
7245 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> IdentList,
7246 AttributeList *attrList);
7248 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, bool ForObjCContainer,
7249 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> ProtocolId,
7250 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
7252 /// Given a list of identifiers (and their locations), resolve the
7253 /// names to either Objective-C protocol qualifiers or type
7254 /// arguments, as appropriate.
7255 void actOnObjCTypeArgsOrProtocolQualifiers(
7257 ParsedType baseType,
7258 SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
7259 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> identifiers,
7260 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> identifierLocs,
7261 SourceLocation rAngleLoc,
7262 SourceLocation &typeArgsLAngleLoc,
7263 SmallVectorImpl<ParsedType> &typeArgs,
7264 SourceLocation &typeArgsRAngleLoc,
7265 SourceLocation &protocolLAngleLoc,
7266 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &protocols,
7267 SourceLocation &protocolRAngleLoc,
7268 bool warnOnIncompleteProtocols);
7270 /// Build a an Objective-C protocol-qualified 'id' type where no
7271 /// base type was specified.
7272 TypeResult actOnObjCProtocolQualifierType(
7273 SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
7274 ArrayRef<Decl *> protocols,
7275 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> protocolLocs,
7276 SourceLocation rAngleLoc);
7278 /// Build a specialized and/or protocol-qualified Objective-C type.
7279 TypeResult actOnObjCTypeArgsAndProtocolQualifiers(
7282 ParsedType BaseType,
7283 SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc,
7284 ArrayRef<ParsedType> TypeArgs,
7285 SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc,
7286 SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
7287 ArrayRef<Decl *> Protocols,
7288 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
7289 SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc);
7291 /// Build an Objective-C object pointer type.
7292 QualType BuildObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
7294 SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc,
7295 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> TypeArgs,
7296 SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc,
7297 SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
7298 ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols,
7299 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
7300 SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc,
7301 bool FailOnError = false);
7303 /// Check the application of the Objective-C '__kindof' qualifier to
7305 bool checkObjCKindOfType(QualType &type, SourceLocation loc);
7307 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
7308 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
7309 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
7310 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
7312 unsigned &Attributes,
7313 bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
7315 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
7316 /// setters and getters as needed.
7317 /// \param property The property declaration being processed
7318 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property);
7321 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
7322 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
7323 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
7324 bool OverridingProtocolProperty);
7326 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
7327 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
7329 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
7330 ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None,
7331 ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None);
7333 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
7334 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7335 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
7336 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
7337 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
7338 DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
7340 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
7341 SourceLocation AtLoc,
7342 SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
7344 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
7345 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
7346 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
7348 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
7354 OSMK_NonRetainingInit
7357 struct ObjCArgInfo {
7358 IdentifierInfo *Name;
7359 SourceLocation NameLoc;
7360 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
7363 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
7365 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
7366 AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
7369 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
7371 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
7372 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {.
7373 tok::TokenKind MethodType,
7374 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
7375 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
7376 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
7377 // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
7378 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
7379 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
7380 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
7381 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
7383 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
7384 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
7386 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
7389 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
7390 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
7393 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
7395 SourceLocation OpLoc,
7396 DeclarationName MemberName,
7397 SourceLocation MemberLoc,
7398 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
7402 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
7403 IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
7404 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
7405 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
7407 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
7409 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
7410 /// send that starts with an identifier.
7411 enum ObjCMessageKind {
7412 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
7414 /// \brief The message is an instance message.
7415 ObjCInstanceMessage,
7416 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
7421 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
7422 IdentifierInfo *Name,
7423 SourceLocation NameLoc,
7425 bool HasTrailingDot,
7426 ParsedType &ReceiverType);
7428 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7430 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7431 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7432 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7435 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
7436 QualType ReceiverType,
7437 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7439 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7440 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7441 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7442 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7444 bool isImplicit = false);
7446 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
7447 bool isSuperReceiver,
7450 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7453 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
7454 ParsedType Receiver,
7456 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7457 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7458 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7461 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
7462 QualType ReceiverType,
7463 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7465 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7466 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7467 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7468 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7470 bool isImplicit = false);
7472 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
7473 QualType ReceiverType,
7476 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7479 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
7482 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7483 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7484 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7487 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7488 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
7489 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
7490 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
7493 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
7494 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7495 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
7496 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
7498 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
7501 void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
7503 void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
7505 bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr,
7508 bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc,
7509 QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
7510 ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass,
7511 ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod,
7512 ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod,
7513 TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl,
7516 bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc,
7517 QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
7520 bool ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr);
7522 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
7524 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
7525 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
7526 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
7527 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
7529 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
7530 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
7536 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
7537 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
7538 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
7540 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
7541 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native
7542 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
7543 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed
7544 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power
7545 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k
7546 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset
7549 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
7550 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
7551 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7553 enum PragmaPackKind {
7554 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
7555 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
7556 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
7557 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
7560 enum PragmaMSStructKind {
7561 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off
7562 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on
7565 enum PragmaMSCommentKind {
7567 PCK_Linker, // #pragma comment(linker, ...)
7568 PCK_Lib, // #pragma comment(lib, ...)
7569 PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...)
7570 PCK_ExeStr, // #pragma comment(exestr, ...)
7571 PCK_User // #pragma comment(user, ...)
7574 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
7575 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
7576 IdentifierInfo *Name,
7578 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7579 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7580 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7582 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
7583 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
7585 /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed
7586 /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
7587 void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg);
7589 /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma
7590 /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose
7591 /// representation]).
7592 void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers(
7593 LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind,
7594 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7596 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp().
7597 void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaVtorDispKind Kind, SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7598 MSVtorDispAttr::Mode Value);
7600 enum PragmaSectionKind {
7607 bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
7609 DeclaratorDecl *TheDecl);
7610 bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
7612 SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation);
7614 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg.
7615 void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7616 PragmaMsStackAction Action,
7617 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
7618 StringLiteral *SegmentName,
7619 llvm::StringRef PragmaName);
7621 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma section().
7622 void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7623 int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName);
7625 /// \brief Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg().
7626 void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7627 StringLiteral *SegmentName);
7629 /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
7630 void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value);
7632 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
7633 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
7635 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7637 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
7638 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
7639 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7641 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
7642 SourceLocation Loc);
7643 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
7645 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
7646 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7647 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7648 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
7650 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
7651 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
7652 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7653 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
7654 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7655 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
7656 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
7658 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
7659 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7660 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
7661 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7662 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
7663 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
7665 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
7666 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
7667 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
7669 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
7670 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
7671 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
7673 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
7674 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
7676 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
7677 void FreePackedContext();
7679 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
7680 /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
7681 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
7682 SourceLocation Loc);
7684 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
7685 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
7686 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
7688 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
7689 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
7690 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
7692 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
7693 void FreeVisContext();
7695 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
7696 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
7697 /// the appropriate attribute.
7698 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
7700 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize.
7701 void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7703 /// \brief Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize
7704 /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on".
7705 SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const {
7706 return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
7709 /// \brief Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope
7710 /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function
7711 /// with attribute optnone.
7712 void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD);
7714 /// \brief Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there
7715 /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone'
7716 /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma).
7717 void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc);
7719 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
7720 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
7721 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
7722 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
7723 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
7725 /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular
7727 void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, Expr *OE,
7728 unsigned SpellingListIndex);
7730 /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular
7732 void AddAlignValueAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
7733 unsigned SpellingListIndex);
7735 /// AddLaunchBoundsAttr - Adds a launch_bounds attribute to a particular
7737 void AddLaunchBoundsAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *MaxThreads,
7738 Expr *MinBlocks, unsigned SpellingListIndex);
7740 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7741 // C++ Coroutines TS
7743 ExprResult ActOnCoawaitExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
7744 ExprResult ActOnCoyieldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
7745 StmtResult ActOnCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
7747 ExprResult BuildCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
7748 ExprResult BuildCoyieldExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
7749 StmtResult BuildCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
7751 void CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *&Body);
7753 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7754 // OpenMP directives and clauses.
7757 void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack;
7758 /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack.
7759 void InitDataSharingAttributesStack();
7760 void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack();
7762 VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op, OpenMPClauseKind CKind,
7763 bool StrictlyPositive = true);
7766 /// \brief Return true if the provided declaration \a VD should be captured by
7767 /// reference in the provided scope \a RSI. This will take into account the
7768 /// semantics of the directive and associated clauses.
7769 bool IsOpenMPCapturedByRef(VarDecl *VD,
7770 const sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI);
7772 /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in one of the private
7773 /// clauses (private, firstprivate, lastprivate, reduction etc.) in OpenMP
7775 bool IsOpenMPCapturedVar(VarDecl *VD);
7777 /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in 'private' clause.
7778 /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
7780 bool isOpenMPPrivateVar(VarDecl *VD, unsigned Level);
7782 /// \brief Check if the specified variable is captured by 'target' directive.
7783 /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
7785 bool isOpenMPTargetCapturedVar(VarDecl *VD, unsigned Level);
7787 ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc,
7789 /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block.
7790 void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K,
7791 const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope,
7792 SourceLocation Loc);
7793 /// \brief Start analysis of clauses.
7794 void StartOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind K);
7795 /// \brief End analysis of clauses.
7796 void EndOpenMPClause();
7797 /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block.
7798 void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective);
7800 /// \brief Check if the current region is an OpenMP loop region and if it is,
7801 /// mark loop control variable, used in \p Init for loop initialization, as
7802 /// private by default.
7803 /// \param Init First part of the for loop.
7804 void ActOnOpenMPLoopInitialization(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *Init);
7806 // OpenMP directives and clauses.
7807 /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
7809 ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope,
7810 CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
7811 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
7812 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
7813 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
7815 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
7816 /// \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
7817 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
7819 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
7821 /// \brief Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region.
7822 void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope);
7823 /// \brief End of OpenMP region.
7825 /// \param S Statement associated with the current OpenMP region.
7826 /// \param Clauses List of clauses for the current OpenMP region.
7828 /// \returns Statement for finished OpenMP region.
7829 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPRegionEnd(StmtResult S, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses);
7830 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(
7831 OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
7832 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7833 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
7834 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing
7835 /// of the associated statement.
7836 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7838 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7839 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7840 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing
7841 /// of the associated statement.
7842 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective(
7843 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7844 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7845 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7846 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing
7847 /// of the associated statement.
7848 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForDirective(
7849 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7850 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7851 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7852 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for simd' after parsing
7853 /// of the associated statement.
7854 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForSimdDirective(
7855 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7856 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7857 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7858 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing
7859 /// of the associated statement.
7860 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7861 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7862 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7863 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the
7864 /// associated statement.
7865 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7866 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7867 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the
7868 /// associated statement.
7869 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7870 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7871 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7872 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the
7873 /// associated statement.
7874 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7875 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7876 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the
7877 /// associated statement.
7878 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
7879 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7880 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7881 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7882 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing
7883 /// of the associated statement.
7884 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective(
7885 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7886 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7887 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7888 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for simd' after
7889 /// parsing of the associated statement.
7890 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForSimdDirective(
7891 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7892 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7893 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7894 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after
7895 /// parsing of the associated statement.
7896 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7898 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7899 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7900 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the
7901 /// associated statement.
7902 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7903 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7904 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7905 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'.
7906 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7907 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7908 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'.
7909 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7910 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7911 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'.
7912 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7913 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7914 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskgroup'.
7915 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskgroupDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7916 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7917 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'.
7918 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7919 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7920 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7921 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp ordered' after parsing of the
7922 /// associated statement.
7923 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPOrderedDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7924 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7925 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7926 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp atomic' after parsing of the
7927 /// associated statement.
7928 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPAtomicDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7929 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7930 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7931 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target' after parsing of the
7932 /// associated statement.
7933 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7934 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7935 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7936 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target data' after parsing of
7937 /// the associated statement.
7938 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7939 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7940 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7941 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams' after parsing of the
7942 /// associated statement.
7943 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7944 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7945 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7946 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancellation point'.
7948 ActOnOpenMPCancellationPointDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7949 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7950 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion);
7951 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancel'.
7952 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCancelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7953 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7954 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7955 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion);
7956 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop' after parsing of the
7957 /// associated statement.
7958 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopDirective(
7959 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7960 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7961 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7962 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop simd' after parsing of
7963 /// the associated statement.
7964 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopSimdDirective(
7965 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7966 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7967 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7968 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute' after parsing
7969 /// of the associated statement.
7970 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeDirective(
7971 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7972 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7973 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7975 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
7977 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7978 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7979 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7980 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'if' clause.
7981 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(OpenMPDirectiveKind NameModifier,
7982 Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7983 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7984 SourceLocation NameModifierLoc,
7985 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7986 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7987 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'final' clause.
7988 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7989 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7990 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7991 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause.
7992 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads,
7993 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7994 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7995 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7996 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause.
7997 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length,
7998 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7999 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8000 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8001 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simdlen' clause.
8002 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimdlenClause(Expr *Length, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8003 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8004 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8005 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause.
8006 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops,
8007 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8008 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8009 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8010 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause.
8012 ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
8013 SourceLocation LParenLoc = SourceLocation(),
8014 Expr *NumForLoops = nullptr);
8015 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'grainsize' clause.
8016 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPGrainsizeClause(Expr *Size, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8017 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8018 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8019 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_tasks' clause.
8020 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTasksClause(Expr *NumTasks, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8021 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8022 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8023 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'hint' clause.
8024 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPHintClause(Expr *Hint, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8025 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8026 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8028 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
8030 SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
8031 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8032 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8033 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8034 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause.
8035 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind,
8036 SourceLocation KindLoc,
8037 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8038 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8039 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8040 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause.
8041 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(OpenMPProcBindClauseKind Kind,
8042 SourceLocation KindLoc,
8043 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8044 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8045 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8047 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause(
8048 OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<unsigned> Arguments, Expr *Expr,
8049 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8050 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ArgumentsLoc, SourceLocation DelimLoc,
8051 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8052 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause.
8053 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause(
8054 OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M1, OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M2,
8055 OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8056 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation M1Loc, SourceLocation M2Loc,
8057 SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8059 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8060 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8061 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause.
8062 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8063 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8064 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'untied' clause.
8065 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8066 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8067 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause.
8068 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8069 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8070 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'read' clause.
8071 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8072 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8073 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'write' clause.
8074 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWriteClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8075 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8076 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'update' clause.
8077 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8078 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8079 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'capture' clause.
8080 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCaptureClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8081 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8082 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'seq_cst' clause.
8083 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSeqCstClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8084 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8085 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'threads' clause.
8086 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8087 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8088 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simd' clause.
8089 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSIMDClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8090 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8091 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nogroup' clause.
8092 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNogroupClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8093 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8095 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(
8096 OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, Expr *TailExpr,
8097 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8098 SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
8099 CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
8100 const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind,
8101 OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier,
8102 OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, SourceLocation DepLinMapLoc);
8103 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause.
8104 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8105 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8106 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8107 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8108 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause.
8109 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8110 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8111 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8112 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8113 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause.
8114 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8115 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8116 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8117 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8118 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause.
8119 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8120 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8121 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8122 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8123 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause.
8125 ActOnOpenMPReductionClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8126 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
8127 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8128 CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
8129 const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId);
8130 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'linear' clause.
8132 ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, Expr *Step,
8133 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8134 OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, SourceLocation LinLoc,
8135 SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8136 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause.
8137 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8139 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8140 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8141 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
8142 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8143 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause.
8144 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8145 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8146 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8147 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8148 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause.
8149 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8150 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8151 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8152 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8153 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause.
8154 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8155 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8156 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8157 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8158 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'depend' clause.
8160 ActOnOpenMPDependClause(OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind, SourceLocation DepLoc,
8161 SourceLocation ColonLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8162 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8163 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8164 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'device' clause.
8165 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDeviceClause(Expr *Device, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8166 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8167 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8168 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'map' clause.
8169 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMapClause(
8170 OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier, OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType,
8171 SourceLocation MapLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8172 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8173 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_teams' clause.
8174 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTeamsClause(Expr *NumTeams, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8175 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8176 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8177 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'thread_limit' clause.
8178 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadLimitClause(Expr *ThreadLimit,
8179 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8180 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8181 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8182 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'priority' clause.
8183 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPriorityClause(Expr *Priority, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8184 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8185 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8187 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
8188 enum CheckedConversionKind {
8189 /// \brief An implicit conversion.
8190 CCK_ImplicitConversion,
8191 /// \brief A C-style cast.
8193 /// \brief A functional-style cast.
8195 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
8199 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
8200 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
8201 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
8202 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
8203 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
8204 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
8205 CheckedConversionKind CCK
8206 = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
8208 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
8209 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
8210 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
8212 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
8213 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
8215 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
8217 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
8218 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
8219 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
8221 /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
8222 /// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
8223 ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
8225 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
8226 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
8227 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose = true);
8229 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
8230 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
8231 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
8232 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E,
8233 bool Diagnose = true);
8235 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
8236 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
8237 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
8239 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
8241 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
8242 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
8243 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
8244 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
8246 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
8247 enum VariadicCallType {
8251 VariadicConstructor,
8252 VariadicDoesNotApply
8255 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8256 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
8259 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
8269 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
8270 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
8272 /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
8273 /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not.
8274 void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
8276 /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it.
8277 bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E);
8279 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
8280 /// form of call prototypes.
8281 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8282 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
8283 unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
8284 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
8285 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
8286 bool AllowExplicit = false,
8287 bool IsListInitialization = false);
8289 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
8290 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
8291 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
8292 FunctionDecl *FDecl);
8294 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
8295 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
8296 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
8297 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
8298 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
8299 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8300 bool IsCompAssign = false);
8302 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
8303 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are
8304 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
8305 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a
8306 /// source and destination type.
8307 enum AssignConvertType {
8308 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
8311 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
8312 /// accept as an extension.
8315 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
8316 /// accept as an extension.
8319 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
8320 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
8321 FunctionVoidPointer,
8323 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
8324 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
8325 IncompatiblePointer,
8327 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
8328 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
8329 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
8330 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
8331 IncompatiblePointerSign,
8333 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
8334 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
8335 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
8337 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
8338 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
8339 /// like address spaces.
8340 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
8342 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
8343 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
8344 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
8346 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
8348 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
8349 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
8350 IncompatibleVectors,
8352 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
8353 /// pointer. We disallow this.
8356 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
8357 /// pointers types that are not compatible.
8358 IncompatibleBlockPointer,
8360 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
8361 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
8362 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
8363 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
8365 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
8366 /// object with __weak qualifier.
8367 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
8369 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
8370 /// represent it in the AST.
8374 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
8375 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the
8376 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
8377 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
8379 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
8380 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
8381 bool *Complained = nullptr);
8383 /// IsValueInFlagEnum - Determine if a value is allowed as part of a flag
8384 /// enum. If AllowMask is true, then we also allow the complement of a valid
8385 /// value, to be used as a mask.
8386 bool IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
8387 bool AllowMask) const;
8389 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
8390 /// integer not in the range of enum values.
8391 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
8394 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
8395 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
8397 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
8401 /// Check assignment constraints and optionally prepare for a conversion of
8402 /// the RHS to the LHS type. The conversion is prepared for if ConvertRHS
8404 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
8407 bool ConvertRHS = true);
8409 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
8410 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
8411 // this routine performs the default function/array converions, if ConvertRHS
8413 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
8415 bool Diagnose = true,
8416 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false,
8417 bool ConvertRHS = true);
8419 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
8420 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
8421 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
8424 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
8426 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
8428 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8429 AssignmentAction Action,
8430 bool AllowExplicit = false);
8431 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8432 AssignmentAction Action,
8434 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
8435 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8436 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
8437 AssignmentAction Action,
8438 CheckedConversionKind CCK
8439 = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
8440 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8441 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
8442 AssignmentAction Action,
8443 CheckedConversionKind CCK);
8445 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
8446 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
8448 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
8449 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
8451 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
8452 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
8453 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
8454 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
8455 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
8457 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
8458 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8459 bool IsCompAssign = false);
8460 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
8461 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8462 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
8463 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
8464 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8465 QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
8466 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
8467 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8468 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool IsCompAssign = false);
8469 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
8470 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8471 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool isRelational);
8472 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
8473 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8474 bool IsCompAssign = false);
8475 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
8476 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8477 BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
8478 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
8479 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
8480 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
8481 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
8482 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
8484 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8485 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
8486 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8487 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
8488 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
8489 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
8490 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
8492 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
8493 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8494 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
8495 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
8496 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
8497 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
8498 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
8499 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr);
8500 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
8501 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
8502 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr) {
8503 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get();
8504 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
8505 NonStandardCompositeType);
8511 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8512 SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
8514 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
8515 SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
8517 void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
8518 Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType,
8519 bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range);
8521 /// type checking for vector binary operators.
8522 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8523 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
8524 bool AllowBothBool, bool AllowBoolConversion);
8525 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
8526 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8527 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
8528 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8529 SourceLocation Loc);
8531 bool areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
8532 bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
8534 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
8535 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
8537 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
8539 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
8540 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
8541 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
8542 enum ReferenceCompareResult {
8543 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
8544 /// reference binding is not possible.
8545 Ref_Incompatible = 0,
8546 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
8547 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
8548 /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
8550 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
8551 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
8552 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
8553 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
8554 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
8555 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
8556 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
8560 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
8561 QualType T1, QualType T2,
8562 bool &DerivedToBase,
8563 bool &ObjCConversion,
8564 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
8566 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
8567 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
8568 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
8570 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
8572 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
8574 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
8575 /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
8576 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
8577 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType);
8579 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
8580 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
8581 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
8582 // returns true if the cast is invalid
8583 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
8586 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
8587 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
8588 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
8589 // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
8590 // returns the cast expr
8591 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
8594 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
8595 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8597 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
8599 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
8601 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
8602 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
8603 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
8604 QualType castType, Expr *&op,
8605 CheckedConversionKind CCK,
8606 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false,
8607 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD
8610 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
8611 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
8613 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
8616 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
8617 /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
8618 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
8619 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
8620 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
8622 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
8623 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
8624 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
8626 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
8627 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
8628 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
8630 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
8631 /// \param Method - May be null.
8632 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
8633 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
8634 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
8635 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
8636 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
8637 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
8638 bool isSuperMessage,
8639 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
8640 SourceRange RecRange,
8641 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
8643 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
8644 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
8645 /// and the form of the message send.
8646 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
8647 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
8648 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
8650 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
8651 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
8652 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
8654 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
8655 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
8656 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
8657 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
8659 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
8660 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
8661 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array
8662 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
8664 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
8666 /// \return true iff there were any errors
8667 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
8669 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
8672 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
8673 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
8674 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
8676 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
8677 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
8678 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
8680 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
8681 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
8683 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
8684 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
8685 /// the specified diagnostic.
8686 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
8687 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
8688 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
8690 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
8691 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
8692 /// in the global scope.
8693 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
8695 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
8696 /// expression violations.
8697 class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
8701 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
8703 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
8704 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
8705 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
8708 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
8709 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
8710 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
8711 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
8712 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
8713 bool AllowFold = true);
8714 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
8716 bool AllowFold = true);
8717 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
8718 llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr);
8720 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
8721 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
8722 /// Returns false on success.
8723 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
8724 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
8725 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
8726 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr);
8728 enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
8736 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
8738 enum CUDAFunctionPreference {
8739 CFP_Never, // Invalid caller/callee combination.
8740 CFP_LastResort, // Lowest priority. Only in effect if
8741 // LangOpts.CUDADisableTargetCallChecks is true.
8742 CFP_Fallback, // Low priority caller/callee combination
8743 CFP_Best, // Preferred caller/callee combination
8746 /// Identifies relative preference of a given Caller/Callee
8747 /// combination, based on their host/device attributes.
8748 /// \param Caller function which needs address of \p Callee.
8749 /// nullptr in case of global context.
8750 /// \param Callee target function
8752 /// \returns preference value for particular Caller/Callee combination.
8753 CUDAFunctionPreference IdentifyCUDAPreference(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
8754 const FunctionDecl *Callee);
8756 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee);
8758 /// Finds a function in \p Matches with highest calling priority
8759 /// from \p Caller context and erases all functions with lower
8760 /// calling priority.
8761 void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
8762 SmallVectorImpl<FunctionDecl *> &Matches);
8763 void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
8764 SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair> &Matches);
8765 void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(
8766 const FunctionDecl *Caller,
8767 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *>> &Matches);
8769 /// Given a implicit special member, infer its CUDA target from the
8770 /// calls it needs to make to underlying base/field special members.
8771 /// \param ClassDecl the class for which the member is being created.
8772 /// \param CSM the kind of special member.
8773 /// \param MemberDecl the special member itself.
8774 /// \param ConstRHS true if this is a copy operation with a const object on
8776 /// \param Diagnose true if this call should emit diagnostics.
8777 /// \return true if there was an error inferring.
8778 /// The result of this call is implicit CUDA target attribute(s) attached to
8779 /// the member declaration.
8780 bool inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
8781 CXXSpecialMember CSM,
8782 CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl,
8786 /// \name Code completion
8788 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
8789 enum ParserCompletionContext {
8790 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
8792 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
8794 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
8797 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
8798 /// category implementation
8799 PCC_ObjCImplementation,
8800 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
8801 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
8802 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
8803 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
8806 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
8807 /// headers within a class.
8809 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
8811 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
8812 /// also be an expression or a declaration.
8814 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
8815 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
8817 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
8818 /// while, switch, or for statement.
8820 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
8821 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
8823 PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
8824 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
8826 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
8827 /// might also be a type cast.
8828 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
8829 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
8830 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
8831 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
8834 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
8835 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
8836 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
8837 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
8838 bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
8839 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
8841 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
8842 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
8843 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
8844 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
8845 SourceLocation OpLoc,
8847 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
8848 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
8849 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
8850 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
8851 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
8852 void CodeCompleteConstructor(Scope *S, QualType Type, SourceLocation Loc,
8853 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
8854 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
8855 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
8856 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
8857 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
8859 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
8860 bool EnteringContext);
8861 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
8862 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
8863 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
8864 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
8865 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
8866 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
8868 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers);
8870 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
8871 bool AfterAmpersand);
8873 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
8874 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
8875 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
8876 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
8877 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
8878 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
8879 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
8880 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
8882 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
8883 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
8884 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8885 bool AtArgumentExpression);
8886 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
8887 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8888 bool AtArgumentExpression,
8889 bool IsSuper = false);
8890 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
8891 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8892 bool AtArgumentExpression,
8893 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr);
8894 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
8895 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
8896 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
8897 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
8898 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(
8899 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols);
8900 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
8901 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
8902 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
8903 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8904 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
8905 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
8906 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
8907 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8908 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
8909 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
8910 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8911 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
8912 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
8913 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
8914 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
8915 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
8916 bool IsInstanceMethod,
8917 ParsedType ReturnType);
8918 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
8919 bool IsInstanceMethod,
8920 bool AtParameterName,
8921 ParsedType ReturnType,
8922 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
8923 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
8924 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
8925 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
8926 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
8927 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
8928 IdentifierInfo *Macro,
8929 MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
8931 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
8932 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
8933 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
8934 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
8937 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8938 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
8941 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
8942 unsigned ByteNo) const;
8945 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
8946 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr,
8947 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
8948 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
8949 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
8950 // FunctionDeclaration.
8951 struct FormatStringInfo {
8953 unsigned FirstDataArg;
8957 static bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
8958 FormatStringInfo *FSI);
8959 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
8960 const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
8961 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
8962 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
8963 bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
8964 const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
8965 bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
8966 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8967 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
8968 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
8969 SourceLocation Loc);
8971 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
8972 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool IsMemberFunction,
8973 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
8974 VariadicCallType CallType);
8976 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
8978 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8979 unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8981 bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
8983 bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8984 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8986 bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8987 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8988 bool CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8989 bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8990 bool CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8992 bool SemaBuiltinVAStartImpl(CallExpr *TheCall);
8993 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
8994 bool SemaBuiltinMSVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
8995 bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(CallExpr *Call);
8996 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
8997 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
9000 // Used by C++ template instantiation.
9001 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
9002 ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
9003 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
9004 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
9007 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
9008 bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall);
9009 bool SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall);
9010 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
9011 bool SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
9012 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
9013 ExprResult SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
9014 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
9015 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
9016 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
9017 llvm::APSInt &Result);
9018 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
9020 bool SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
9021 int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum,
9024 enum FormatStringType {
9035 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
9037 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
9038 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg,
9039 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
9040 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
9041 VariadicCallType CallType,
9042 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
9044 bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr);
9046 static bool GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx);
9049 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
9050 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
9052 VariadicCallType CallType,
9053 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
9054 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
9055 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
9056 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
9057 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
9058 VariadicCallType CallType,
9059 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range,
9060 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
9062 void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
9063 const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
9064 IdentifierInfo *FnInfo);
9066 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
9068 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
9070 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
9071 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
9073 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
9074 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
9076 void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
9077 SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
9078 bool isObjCMethod = false,
9079 const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr,
9080 const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
9082 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
9083 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
9084 void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
9085 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
9086 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
9088 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
9089 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
9090 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
9091 bool IsConstexpr = false);
9093 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
9096 /// \brief Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue'
9097 /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC.
9098 void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E);
9100 /// \brief Check whether receiver is mutable ObjC container which
9101 /// attempts to add itself into the container
9102 void CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message);
9104 void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
9105 void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
9106 bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
9108 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
9109 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
9110 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
9111 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
9113 struct TypeTagData {
9116 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
9117 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
9118 MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
9123 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
9124 /// layout-compatibility.
9125 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
9126 unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
9129 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely
9130 /// identifies the magic value.
9131 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
9134 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
9135 std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>>
9136 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
9138 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
9139 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
9140 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
9141 const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
9143 /// \brief The parser's current scope.
9145 /// The parser maintains this state here.
9148 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
9149 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128;
9151 /// Nullability type specifiers.
9152 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nonnull = nullptr;
9153 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable = nullptr;
9154 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Null_unspecified = nullptr;
9156 IdentifierInfo *Ident_NSError = nullptr;
9159 friend class Parser;
9160 friend class InitializationSequence;
9161 friend class ASTReader;
9162 friend class ASTDeclReader;
9163 friend class ASTWriter;
9166 /// Retrieve the keyword associated
9167 IdentifierInfo *getNullabilityKeyword(NullabilityKind nullability);
9169 /// The struct behind the CFErrorRef pointer.
9170 RecordDecl *CFError = nullptr;
9172 /// Retrieve the identifier "NSError".
9173 IdentifierInfo *getNSErrorIdent();
9175 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
9177 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
9178 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
9179 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
9180 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
9181 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
9182 /// template substitution or instantiation.
9183 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
9185 void incrementMSManglingNumber() const {
9186 return CurScope->incrementMSManglingNumber();
9189 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
9190 IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const;
9192 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
9194 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
9195 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
9198 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
9200 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
9201 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
9202 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
9203 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
9204 DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
9208 /// \brief To be used for checking whether the arguments being passed to
9209 /// function exceeds the number of parameters expected for it.
9210 static bool TooManyArguments(size_t NumParams, size_t NumArgs,
9211 bool PartialOverloading = false) {
9212 // We check whether we're just after a comma in code-completion.
9213 if (NumArgs > 0 && PartialOverloading)
9214 return NumArgs + 1 > NumParams; // If so, we view as an extra argument.
9215 return NumArgs > NumParams;
9218 // Emitting members of dllexported classes is delayed until the class
9219 // (including field initializers) is fully parsed.
9220 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportClasses;
9223 /// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
9224 class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
9228 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
9229 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
9230 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
9231 bool IsDecltype = false)
9232 : Actions(Actions) {
9233 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
9236 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
9237 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
9238 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
9239 bool IsDecltype = false)
9240 : Actions(Actions) {
9241 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
9242 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
9246 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
9247 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
9251 DeductionFailureInfo
9252 MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
9253 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
9255 /// \brief Contains a late templated function.
9256 /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser.
9257 struct LateParsedTemplate {
9259 /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed.
9263 } // end namespace clang